| /* Support routines for decoding "stabs" debugging information format. | 
 |  | 
 |    Copyright (C) 1986-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 
 |  | 
 |    This file is part of GDB. | 
 |  | 
 |    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | 
 |    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | 
 |    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | 
 |    (at your option) any later version. | 
 |  | 
 |    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | 
 |    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | 
 |    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the | 
 |    GNU General Public License for more details. | 
 |  | 
 |    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | 
 |    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* Support routines for reading and decoding debugging information in | 
 |    the "stabs" format.  This format is used by some systems that use | 
 |    COFF or ELF where the stabs data is placed in a special section (as | 
 |    well as with many old systems that used the a.out object file | 
 |    format).  Avoid placing any object file format specific code in | 
 |    this file.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | #include "bfd.h" | 
 | #include "event-top.h" | 
 | #include "gdbsupport/gdb_obstack.h" | 
 | #include "symtab.h" | 
 | #include "gdbtypes.h" | 
 | #include "expression.h" | 
 | #include "symfile.h" | 
 | #include "objfiles.h" | 
 | #include "aout/stab_gnu.h" | 
 | #include "psymtab.h" | 
 | #include "libaout.h" | 
 | #include "aout/aout64.h" | 
 | #include "gdb-stabs.h" | 
 | #include "buildsym-legacy.h" | 
 | #include "complaints.h" | 
 | #include "demangle.h" | 
 | #include "gdb-demangle.h" | 
 | #include "language.h" | 
 | #include "target-float.h" | 
 | #include "c-lang.h" | 
 | #include "cp-abi.h" | 
 | #include "cp-support.h" | 
 | #include <ctype.h> | 
 | #include "block.h" | 
 | #include "filenames.h" | 
 |  | 
 | #include "stabsread.h" | 
 |  | 
 | /* See stabsread.h for these globals.  */ | 
 | unsigned int symnum; | 
 | const char *(*next_symbol_text_func) (struct objfile *); | 
 | unsigned char processing_gcc_compilation; | 
 | int within_function; | 
 | struct symbol *global_sym_chain[HASHSIZE]; | 
 | struct pending_stabs *global_stabs; | 
 | int previous_stab_code; | 
 | int *this_object_header_files; | 
 | int n_this_object_header_files; | 
 | int n_allocated_this_object_header_files; | 
 |  | 
 | /* See stabsread.h.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | const registry<objfile>::key<dbx_symfile_info> dbx_objfile_data_key; | 
 |  | 
 | dbx_symfile_info::~dbx_symfile_info () | 
 | { | 
 |   if (header_files != NULL) | 
 |     { | 
 |       int i = n_header_files; | 
 |       struct header_file *hfiles = header_files; | 
 |  | 
 |       while (--i >= 0) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  xfree (hfiles[i].name); | 
 | 	  xfree (hfiles[i].vector); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       xfree (hfiles); | 
 |     } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | struct stabs_nextfield | 
 | { | 
 |   struct stabs_nextfield *next; | 
 |  | 
 |   struct field field; | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | struct next_fnfieldlist | 
 | { | 
 |   struct next_fnfieldlist *next; | 
 |   struct fn_fieldlist fn_fieldlist; | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* The routines that read and process a complete stabs for a C struct or  | 
 |    C++ class pass lists of data member fields and lists of member function | 
 |    fields in an instance of a field_info structure, as defined below. | 
 |    This is part of some reorganization of low level C++ support and is | 
 |    expected to eventually go away...  (FIXME) */ | 
 |  | 
 | struct stab_field_info | 
 |   { | 
 |     struct stabs_nextfield *list = nullptr; | 
 |     struct next_fnfieldlist *fnlist = nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     auto_obstack obstack; | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | read_one_struct_field (struct stab_field_info *, const char **, const char *, | 
 | 		       struct type *, struct objfile *); | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type *dbx_alloc_type (int[2], struct objfile *); | 
 |  | 
 | static long read_huge_number (const char **, int, int *, int); | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type *error_type (const char **, struct objfile *); | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | patch_block_stabs (struct pending *, struct pending_stabs *, | 
 | 		   struct objfile *); | 
 |  | 
 | static int read_type_number (const char **, int *); | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type *read_type (const char **, struct objfile *); | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type *read_range_type (const char **, int[2], | 
 | 				     int, struct objfile *); | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type *read_sun_builtin_type (const char **, | 
 | 					   int[2], struct objfile *); | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type *read_sun_floating_type (const char **, int[2], | 
 | 					    struct objfile *); | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type *read_enum_type (const char **, struct type *, struct objfile *); | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type *rs6000_builtin_type (int, struct objfile *); | 
 |  | 
 | static int | 
 | read_member_functions (struct stab_field_info *, const char **, struct type *, | 
 | 		       struct objfile *); | 
 |  | 
 | static int | 
 | read_struct_fields (struct stab_field_info *, const char **, struct type *, | 
 | 		    struct objfile *); | 
 |  | 
 | static int | 
 | read_baseclasses (struct stab_field_info *, const char **, struct type *, | 
 | 		  struct objfile *); | 
 |  | 
 | static int | 
 | read_tilde_fields (struct stab_field_info *, const char **, struct type *, | 
 | 		   struct objfile *); | 
 |  | 
 | static int attach_fn_fields_to_type (struct stab_field_info *, struct type *); | 
 |  | 
 | static int attach_fields_to_type (struct stab_field_info *, struct type *, | 
 | 				  struct objfile *); | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type *read_struct_type (const char **, struct type *, | 
 | 				      enum type_code, | 
 | 				      struct objfile *); | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type *read_array_type (const char **, struct type *, | 
 | 				     struct objfile *); | 
 |  | 
 | static struct field *read_args (const char **, int, struct objfile *, | 
 | 				int *, int *); | 
 |  | 
 | static void add_undefined_type (struct type *, int[2]); | 
 |  | 
 | static int | 
 | read_cpp_abbrev (struct stab_field_info *, const char **, struct type *, | 
 | 		 struct objfile *); | 
 |  | 
 | static const char *find_name_end (const char *name); | 
 |  | 
 | static int process_reference (const char **string); | 
 |  | 
 | void stabsread_clear_cache (void); | 
 |  | 
 | static const char vptr_name[] = "_vptr$"; | 
 | static const char vb_name[] = "_vb$"; | 
 |  | 
 | void | 
 | unknown_symtype_complaint (const char *arg1) | 
 | { | 
 |   complaint (_("unknown symbol type %s"), arg1); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void | 
 | lbrac_mismatch_complaint (int arg1) | 
 | { | 
 |   complaint (_("N_LBRAC/N_RBRAC symbol mismatch at symtab pos %d"), arg1); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void | 
 | repeated_header_complaint (const char *arg1, int arg2) | 
 | { | 
 |   complaint (_("\"repeated\" header file %s not " | 
 | 	       "previously seen, at symtab pos %d"), | 
 | 	     arg1, arg2); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | invalid_cpp_abbrev_complaint (const char *arg1) | 
 | { | 
 |   complaint (_("invalid C++ abbreviation `%s'"), arg1); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | reg_value_complaint (int regnum, int num_regs, const char *sym) | 
 | { | 
 |   complaint (_("bad register number %d (max %d) in symbol %s"), | 
 | 	     regnum, num_regs - 1, sym); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | stabs_general_complaint (const char *arg1) | 
 | { | 
 |   complaint ("%s", arg1); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | function_outside_compilation_unit_complaint (const char *arg1) | 
 | { | 
 |   complaint (_("function `%s' appears to be defined " | 
 | 	       "outside of all compilation units"), | 
 | 	     arg1); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Make a list of forward references which haven't been defined.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type **undef_types; | 
 | static int undef_types_allocated; | 
 | static int undef_types_length; | 
 | static struct symbol *current_symbol = NULL; | 
 |  | 
 | /* Make a list of nameless types that are undefined. | 
 |    This happens when another type is referenced by its number | 
 |    before this type is actually defined.  For instance "t(0,1)=k(0,2)" | 
 |    and type (0,2) is defined only later.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | struct nat | 
 | { | 
 |   int typenums[2]; | 
 |   struct type *type; | 
 | }; | 
 | static struct nat *noname_undefs; | 
 | static int noname_undefs_allocated; | 
 | static int noname_undefs_length; | 
 |  | 
 | /* Check for and handle cretinous stabs symbol name continuation!  */ | 
 | #define STABS_CONTINUE(pp,objfile)				\ | 
 |   do {							\ | 
 |     if (**(pp) == '\\' || (**(pp) == '?' && (*(pp))[1] == '\0')) \ | 
 |       *(pp) = next_symbol_text (objfile);	\ | 
 |   } while (0) | 
 |  | 
 | /* Vector of types defined so far, indexed by their type numbers. | 
 |    (In newer sun systems, dbx uses a pair of numbers in parens, | 
 |    as in "(SUBFILENUM,NUMWITHINSUBFILE)". | 
 |    Then these numbers must be translated through the type_translations | 
 |    hash table to get the index into the type vector.)  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type **type_vector; | 
 |  | 
 | /* Number of elements allocated for type_vector currently.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static int type_vector_length; | 
 |  | 
 | /* Initial size of type vector.  Is realloc'd larger if needed, and | 
 |    realloc'd down to the size actually used, when completed.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | #define INITIAL_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH 160 | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* Look up a dbx type-number pair.  Return the address of the slot | 
 |    where the type for that number-pair is stored. | 
 |    The number-pair is in TYPENUMS. | 
 |  | 
 |    This can be used for finding the type associated with that pair | 
 |    or for associating a new type with the pair.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type ** | 
 | dbx_lookup_type (int typenums[2], struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   int filenum = typenums[0]; | 
 |   int index = typenums[1]; | 
 |   unsigned old_len; | 
 |   int real_filenum; | 
 |   struct header_file *f; | 
 |   int f_orig_length; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (filenum == -1)		/* -1,-1 is for temporary types.  */ | 
 |     return 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (filenum < 0 || filenum >= n_this_object_header_files) | 
 |     { | 
 |       complaint (_("Invalid symbol data: type number " | 
 | 		   "(%d,%d) out of range at symtab pos %d."), | 
 | 		 filenum, index, symnum); | 
 |       goto error_return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (filenum == 0) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (index < 0) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* Caller wants address of address of type.  We think | 
 | 	     that negative (rs6k builtin) types will never appear as | 
 | 	     "lvalues", (nor should they), so we stuff the real type | 
 | 	     pointer into a temp, and return its address.  If referenced, | 
 | 	     this will do the right thing.  */ | 
 | 	  static struct type *temp_type; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  temp_type = rs6000_builtin_type (index, objfile); | 
 | 	  return &temp_type; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Type is defined outside of header files. | 
 | 	 Find it in this object file's type vector.  */ | 
 |       if (index >= type_vector_length) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  old_len = type_vector_length; | 
 | 	  if (old_len == 0) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      type_vector_length = INITIAL_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH; | 
 | 	      type_vector = XNEWVEC (struct type *, type_vector_length); | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  while (index >= type_vector_length) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      type_vector_length *= 2; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  type_vector = (struct type **) | 
 | 	    xrealloc ((char *) type_vector, | 
 | 		      (type_vector_length * sizeof (struct type *))); | 
 | 	  memset (&type_vector[old_len], 0, | 
 | 		  (type_vector_length - old_len) * sizeof (struct type *)); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       return (&type_vector[index]); | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       real_filenum = this_object_header_files[filenum]; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (real_filenum >= N_HEADER_FILES (objfile)) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  static struct type *temp_type; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  warning (_("GDB internal error: bad real_filenum")); | 
 |  | 
 | 	error_return: | 
 | 	  temp_type = builtin_type (objfile)->builtin_error; | 
 | 	  return &temp_type; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       f = HEADER_FILES (objfile) + real_filenum; | 
 |  | 
 |       f_orig_length = f->length; | 
 |       if (index >= f_orig_length) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  while (index >= f->length) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      f->length *= 2; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  f->vector = (struct type **) | 
 | 	    xrealloc ((char *) f->vector, f->length * sizeof (struct type *)); | 
 | 	  memset (&f->vector[f_orig_length], 0, | 
 | 		  (f->length - f_orig_length) * sizeof (struct type *)); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       return (&f->vector[index]); | 
 |     } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Make sure there is a type allocated for type numbers TYPENUMS | 
 |    and return the type object. | 
 |    This can create an empty (zeroed) type object. | 
 |    TYPENUMS may be (-1, -1) to return a new type object that is not | 
 |    put into the type vector, and so may not be referred to by number.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type * | 
 | dbx_alloc_type (int typenums[2], struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct type **type_addr; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (typenums[0] == -1) | 
 |     { | 
 |       return type_allocator (objfile, | 
 | 			     get_current_subfile ()->language).new_type (); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   type_addr = dbx_lookup_type (typenums, objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* If we are referring to a type not known at all yet, | 
 |      allocate an empty type for it. | 
 |      We will fill it in later if we find out how.  */ | 
 |   if (*type_addr == 0) | 
 |     { | 
 |       *type_addr = type_allocator (objfile, | 
 | 				   get_current_subfile ()->language).new_type (); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return (*type_addr); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Allocate a floating-point type of size BITS.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type * | 
 | dbx_init_float_type (struct objfile *objfile, int bits) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct gdbarch *gdbarch = objfile->arch (); | 
 |   const struct floatformat **format; | 
 |   struct type *type; | 
 |  | 
 |   format = gdbarch_floatformat_for_type (gdbarch, NULL, bits); | 
 |   type_allocator alloc (objfile, get_current_subfile ()->language); | 
 |   if (format) | 
 |     type = init_float_type (alloc, bits, NULL, format); | 
 |   else | 
 |     type = alloc.new_type (TYPE_CODE_ERROR, bits, NULL); | 
 |  | 
 |   return type; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* for all the stabs in a given stab vector, build appropriate types  | 
 |    and fix their symbols in given symbol vector.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | patch_block_stabs (struct pending *symbols, struct pending_stabs *stabs, | 
 | 		   struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   int ii; | 
 |   char *name; | 
 |   const char *pp; | 
 |   struct symbol *sym; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (stabs) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* for all the stab entries, find their corresponding symbols and  | 
 | 	 patch their types!  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       for (ii = 0; ii < stabs->count; ++ii) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  name = stabs->stab[ii]; | 
 | 	  pp = (char *) strchr (name, ':'); | 
 | 	  gdb_assert (pp);	/* Must find a ':' or game's over.  */ | 
 | 	  while (pp[1] == ':') | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      pp += 2; | 
 | 	      pp = (char *) strchr (pp, ':'); | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  sym = find_symbol_in_list (symbols, name, pp - name); | 
 | 	  if (!sym) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      /* FIXME-maybe: it would be nice if we noticed whether | 
 | 		 the variable was defined *anywhere*, not just whether | 
 | 		 it is defined in this compilation unit.  But neither | 
 | 		 xlc or GCC seem to need such a definition, and until | 
 | 		 we do psymtabs (so that the minimal symbols from all | 
 | 		 compilation units are available now), I'm not sure | 
 | 		 how to get the information.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* On xcoff, if a global is defined and never referenced, | 
 | 		 ld will remove it from the executable.  There is then | 
 | 		 a N_GSYM stab for it, but no regular (C_EXT) symbol.  */ | 
 | 	      sym = new (&objfile->objfile_obstack) symbol; | 
 | 	      sym->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN); | 
 | 	      sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_OPTIMIZED_OUT); | 
 | 	      sym->set_linkage_name | 
 | 		(obstack_strndup (&objfile->objfile_obstack, name, pp - name)); | 
 | 	      pp += 2; | 
 | 	      if (*(pp - 1) == 'F' || *(pp - 1) == 'f') | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  /* I don't think the linker does this with functions, | 
 | 		     so as far as I know this is never executed. | 
 | 		     But it doesn't hurt to check.  */ | 
 | 		  sym->set_type | 
 | 		    (lookup_function_type (read_type (&pp, objfile))); | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  sym->set_type (read_type (&pp, objfile)); | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_global_symbols ()); | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      pp += 2; | 
 | 	      if (*(pp - 1) == 'F' || *(pp - 1) == 'f') | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  sym->set_type | 
 | 		    (lookup_function_type (read_type (&pp, objfile))); | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  sym->set_type (read_type (&pp, objfile)); | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* Read a number by which a type is referred to in dbx data, | 
 |    or perhaps read a pair (FILENUM, TYPENUM) in parentheses. | 
 |    Just a single number N is equivalent to (0,N). | 
 |    Return the two numbers by storing them in the vector TYPENUMS. | 
 |    TYPENUMS will then be used as an argument to dbx_lookup_type. | 
 |  | 
 |    Returns 0 for success, -1 for error.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static int | 
 | read_type_number (const char **pp, int *typenums) | 
 | { | 
 |   int nbits; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (**pp == '(') | 
 |     { | 
 |       (*pp)++; | 
 |       typenums[0] = read_huge_number (pp, ',', &nbits, 0); | 
 |       if (nbits != 0) | 
 | 	return -1; | 
 |       typenums[1] = read_huge_number (pp, ')', &nbits, 0); | 
 |       if (nbits != 0) | 
 | 	return -1; | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       typenums[0] = 0; | 
 |       typenums[1] = read_huge_number (pp, 0, &nbits, 0); | 
 |       if (nbits != 0) | 
 | 	return -1; | 
 |     } | 
 |   return 0; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* Free up old header file tables.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | void | 
 | free_header_files (void) | 
 | { | 
 |   if (this_object_header_files) | 
 |     { | 
 |       xfree (this_object_header_files); | 
 |       this_object_header_files = NULL; | 
 |     } | 
 |   n_allocated_this_object_header_files = 0; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Allocate new header file tables.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | void | 
 | init_header_files (void) | 
 | { | 
 |   n_allocated_this_object_header_files = 10; | 
 |   this_object_header_files = XNEWVEC (int, 10); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Close off the current usage of PST. | 
 |    Returns PST or NULL if the partial symtab was empty and thrown away. | 
 |  | 
 |    FIXME:  List variables and peculiarities of same.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | legacy_psymtab * | 
 | stabs_end_psymtab (struct objfile *objfile, psymtab_storage *partial_symtabs, | 
 | 		   legacy_psymtab *pst, | 
 | 		   const char **include_list, int num_includes, | 
 | 		   int capping_symbol_offset, unrelocated_addr capping_text, | 
 | 		   legacy_psymtab **dependency_list, | 
 | 		   int number_dependencies, | 
 | 		   int textlow_not_set) | 
 | { | 
 |   int i; | 
 |   struct gdbarch *gdbarch = objfile->arch (); | 
 |   dbx_symfile_info *key = dbx_objfile_data_key. get (objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (capping_symbol_offset != -1) | 
 |     LDSYMLEN (pst) = capping_symbol_offset - LDSYMOFF (pst); | 
 |   pst->set_text_high (capping_text); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Under Solaris, the N_SO symbols always have a value of 0, | 
 |      instead of the usual address of the .o file.  Therefore, | 
 |      we have to do some tricks to fill in texthigh and textlow. | 
 |      The first trick is: if we see a static | 
 |      or global function, and the textlow for the current pst | 
 |      is not set (ie: textlow_not_set), then we use that function's | 
 |      address for the textlow of the pst.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Now, to fill in texthigh, we remember the last function seen | 
 |      in the .o file.  Also, there's a hack in | 
 |      bfd/elf.c and gdb/elfread.c to pass the ELF st_size field | 
 |      to here via the misc_info field.  Therefore, we can fill in | 
 |      a reliable texthigh by taking the address plus size of the | 
 |      last function in the file.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!pst->text_high_valid && key->ctx.last_function_name | 
 |       && gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (gdbarch)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       int n; | 
 |  | 
 |       const char *colon = strchr (key->ctx.last_function_name, ':'); | 
 |       if (colon == NULL) | 
 | 	n = 0; | 
 |       else | 
 | 	n = colon - key->ctx.last_function_name; | 
 |       char *p = (char *) alloca (n + 2); | 
 |       strncpy (p, key->ctx.last_function_name, n); | 
 |       p[n] = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |       bound_minimal_symbol minsym | 
 | 	= lookup_minimal_symbol (current_program_space, p, objfile, | 
 | 				 pst->filename); | 
 |       if (minsym.minsym == NULL) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* Sun Fortran appends an underscore to the minimal symbol name, | 
 | 	     try again with an appended underscore if the minimal symbol | 
 | 	     was not found.  */ | 
 | 	  p[n] = '_'; | 
 | 	  p[n + 1] = 0; | 
 | 	  minsym = lookup_minimal_symbol (current_program_space, p, objfile, | 
 | 					  pst->filename); | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       if (minsym.minsym) | 
 | 	pst->set_text_high | 
 | 	  (unrelocated_addr (CORE_ADDR (minsym.minsym->unrelocated_address ()) | 
 | 			     + minsym.minsym->size ())); | 
 |  | 
 |       key->ctx.last_function_name = NULL; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (gdbarch)) | 
 |     ; | 
 |   /* This test will be true if the last .o file is only data.  */ | 
 |   else if (textlow_not_set) | 
 |     pst->set_text_low (pst->unrelocated_text_high ()); | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* If we know our own starting text address, then walk through all other | 
 | 	 psymtabs for this objfile, and if any didn't know their ending text | 
 | 	 address, set it to our starting address.  Take care to not set our | 
 | 	 own ending address to our starting address.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       for (partial_symtab *p1 : partial_symtabs->range ()) | 
 | 	if (!p1->text_high_valid && p1->text_low_valid && p1 != pst) | 
 | 	  p1->set_text_high (pst->unrelocated_text_low ()); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* End of kludge for patching Solaris textlow and texthigh.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   pst->end (); | 
 |  | 
 |   pst->number_of_dependencies = number_dependencies; | 
 |   if (number_dependencies) | 
 |     { | 
 |       pst->dependencies | 
 | 	= partial_symtabs->allocate_dependencies (number_dependencies); | 
 |       memcpy (pst->dependencies, dependency_list, | 
 | 	      number_dependencies * sizeof (legacy_psymtab *)); | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     pst->dependencies = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   for (i = 0; i < num_includes; i++) | 
 |     { | 
 |       legacy_psymtab *subpst = | 
 | 	new legacy_psymtab (include_list[i], partial_symtabs, objfile->per_bfd); | 
 |  | 
 |       subpst->read_symtab_private = | 
 | 	XOBNEW (&objfile->objfile_obstack, struct symloc); | 
 |       LDSYMOFF (subpst) = | 
 | 	LDSYMLEN (subpst) = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* We could save slight bits of space by only making one of these, | 
 | 	 shared by the entire set of include files.  FIXME-someday.  */ | 
 |       subpst->dependencies = | 
 | 	partial_symtabs->allocate_dependencies (1); | 
 |       subpst->dependencies[0] = pst; | 
 |       subpst->number_of_dependencies = 1; | 
 |  | 
 |       subpst->legacy_read_symtab = pst->legacy_read_symtab; | 
 |       subpst->legacy_expand_psymtab = pst->legacy_expand_psymtab; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (num_includes == 0 | 
 |       && number_dependencies == 0 | 
 |       && pst->empty () | 
 |       && key->ctx.has_line_numbers == 0) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Throw away this psymtab, it's empty.  */ | 
 |       /* Empty psymtabs happen as a result of header files which don't have | 
 | 	 any symbols in them.  There can be a lot of them.  But this check | 
 | 	 is wrong, in that a psymtab with N_SLINE entries but nothing else | 
 | 	 is not empty, but we don't realize that.  Fixing that without slowing | 
 | 	 things down might be tricky.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       partial_symtabs->discard_psymtab (pst); | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Indicate that psymtab was thrown away.  */ | 
 |       pst = NULL; | 
 |     } | 
 |   return pst; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Set namestring based on nlist.  If the string table index is invalid,  | 
 |    give a fake name, and print a single error message per symbol file read, | 
 |    rather than abort the symbol reading or flood the user with messages.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static const char * | 
 | set_namestring (struct objfile *objfile, const struct internal_nlist *nlist) | 
 | { | 
 |   const char *namestring; | 
 |   struct dbx_symfile_info *key = dbx_objfile_data_key.get (objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (nlist->n_strx + key->ctx.file_string_table_offset | 
 |       >= DBX_STRINGTAB_SIZE (objfile) | 
 |       || nlist->n_strx + key->ctx.file_string_table_offset < nlist->n_strx) | 
 |     { | 
 |       complaint (_("bad string table offset in symbol %d"), | 
 | 		 symnum); | 
 |       namestring = "<bad string table offset>"; | 
 |     }  | 
 |   else | 
 |     namestring = (nlist->n_strx + key->ctx.file_string_table_offset | 
 | 		  + DBX_STRINGTAB (objfile)); | 
 |   return namestring; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | stabs_seek (int sym_offset, struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   dbx_symfile_info *key = dbx_objfile_data_key.get (objfile); | 
 |   if (key->ctx.stabs_data) | 
 |     { | 
 |       key->ctx.symbuf_read += sym_offset; | 
 |       key->ctx.symbuf_left -= sym_offset; | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     if (bfd_seek (objfile->obfd.get (), sym_offset, SEEK_CUR) != 0) | 
 |       perror_with_name (bfd_get_filename (objfile->obfd.get ())); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Buffer for reading the symbol table entries.  */ | 
 | static struct external_nlist symbuf[4096]; | 
 | static int symbuf_idx; | 
 | static int symbuf_end; | 
 |  | 
 | /* Refill the symbol table input buffer | 
 |    and set the variables that control fetching entries from it. | 
 |    Reports an error if no data available. | 
 |    This function can read past the end of the symbol table | 
 |    (into the string table) but this does no harm.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | fill_symbuf (bfd *sym_bfd, struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   unsigned int count; | 
 |   int nbytes; | 
 |   struct dbx_symfile_info *key = dbx_objfile_data_key.get (objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (key->ctx.stabs_data) | 
 |     { | 
 |       nbytes = sizeof (symbuf); | 
 |       if (nbytes > key->ctx.symbuf_left) | 
 | 	nbytes = key->ctx.symbuf_left; | 
 |       memcpy (symbuf, key->ctx.stabs_data + key->ctx.symbuf_read, nbytes); | 
 |     } | 
 |   else if (key->ctx.symbuf_sections == NULL) | 
 |     { | 
 |       count = sizeof (symbuf); | 
 |       nbytes = bfd_read (symbuf, count, sym_bfd); | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (key->ctx.symbuf_left <= 0) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  file_ptr filepos = (*key->ctx.symbuf_sections)[key->ctx.sect_idx]->filepos; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (bfd_seek (sym_bfd, filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0) | 
 | 	    perror_with_name (bfd_get_filename (sym_bfd)); | 
 | 	  key->ctx.symbuf_left = bfd_section_size ((*key->ctx.symbuf_sections)[key->ctx.sect_idx]); | 
 | 	  key->ctx.symbol_table_offset = filepos - key->ctx.symbuf_read; | 
 | 	  ++key->ctx.sect_idx; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       count = key->ctx.symbuf_left; | 
 |       if (count > sizeof (symbuf)) | 
 | 	count = sizeof (symbuf); | 
 |       nbytes = bfd_read (symbuf, count, sym_bfd); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (nbytes < 0) | 
 |     perror_with_name (bfd_get_filename (sym_bfd)); | 
 |   else if (nbytes == 0) | 
 |     error (_("Premature end of file reading symbol table")); | 
 |   symbuf_end = nbytes / key->ctx.symbol_size; | 
 |   symbuf_idx = 0; | 
 |   key->ctx.symbuf_left -= nbytes; | 
 |   key->ctx.symbuf_read += nbytes; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Read in a defined section of a specific object file's symbols.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | read_ofile_symtab (struct objfile *objfile, legacy_psymtab *pst) | 
 | { | 
 |   const char *namestring; | 
 |   struct external_nlist *bufp; | 
 |   struct internal_nlist nlist; | 
 |   unsigned char type; | 
 |   unsigned max_symnum; | 
 |   bfd *abfd; | 
 |   int sym_offset;		/* Offset to start of symbols to read */ | 
 |   int sym_size;			/* Size of symbols to read */ | 
 |   CORE_ADDR text_offset;	/* Start of text segment for symbols */ | 
 |   int text_size;		/* Size of text segment for symbols */ | 
 |   struct dbx_symfile_info *key = dbx_objfile_data_key.get (objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   sym_offset = LDSYMOFF (pst); | 
 |   sym_size = LDSYMLEN (pst); | 
 |   text_offset = pst->text_low (objfile); | 
 |   text_size = pst->text_high (objfile) - pst->text_low (objfile); | 
 |   const section_offsets §ion_offsets = objfile->section_offsets; | 
 |  | 
 |   key->ctx.stringtab_global = DBX_STRINGTAB (objfile); | 
 |   set_last_source_file (NULL); | 
 |  | 
 |   abfd = objfile->obfd.get (); | 
 |   symbuf_end = symbuf_idx = 0; | 
 |   key->ctx.symbuf_read = 0; | 
 |   key->ctx.symbuf_left = sym_offset + sym_size; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* It is necessary to actually read one symbol *before* the start | 
 |      of this symtab's symbols, because the GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL | 
 |      occurs before the N_SO symbol. | 
 |  | 
 |      Detecting this in read_stabs_symtab | 
 |      would slow down initial readin, so we look for it here instead.  */ | 
 |   if (!key->ctx.processing_acc_compilation && sym_offset >= (int) key->ctx.symbol_size) | 
 |     { | 
 |       stabs_seek (sym_offset - key->ctx.symbol_size, objfile); | 
 |       fill_symbuf (abfd, objfile); | 
 |       bufp = &symbuf[symbuf_idx++]; | 
 |       INTERNALIZE_SYMBOL (nlist, bufp, abfd); | 
 |       OBJSTAT (objfile, n_stabs++); | 
 |  | 
 |       namestring = set_namestring (objfile, &nlist); | 
 |  | 
 |       processing_gcc_compilation = 0; | 
 |       if (nlist.n_type == N_TEXT) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  const char *tempstring = namestring; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (strcmp (namestring, GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL) == 0) | 
 | 	    processing_gcc_compilation = 1; | 
 | 	  else if (strcmp (namestring, GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL) == 0) | 
 | 	    processing_gcc_compilation = 2; | 
 | 	  if (*tempstring != '\0' | 
 | 	      && *tempstring == bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (objfile->obfd.get ())) | 
 | 	    ++tempstring; | 
 | 	  if (startswith (tempstring, "__gnu_compiled")) | 
 | 	    processing_gcc_compilation = 2; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* The N_SO starting this symtab is the first symbol, so we | 
 | 	 better not check the symbol before it.  I'm not this can | 
 | 	 happen, but it doesn't hurt to check for it.  */ | 
 |       stabs_seek (sym_offset, objfile); | 
 |       processing_gcc_compilation = 0; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (symbuf_idx == symbuf_end) | 
 |     fill_symbuf (abfd, objfile); | 
 |   bufp = &symbuf[symbuf_idx]; | 
 |   if (bfd_h_get_8 (abfd, bufp->e_type) != N_SO) | 
 |     error (_("First symbol in segment of executable not a source symbol")); | 
 |  | 
 |   max_symnum = sym_size / key->ctx.symbol_size; | 
 |  | 
 |   for (symnum = 0; | 
 |        symnum < max_symnum; | 
 |        symnum++) | 
 |     { | 
 |       QUIT;			/* Allow this to be interruptable.  */ | 
 |       if (symbuf_idx == symbuf_end) | 
 | 	fill_symbuf (abfd, objfile); | 
 |       bufp = &symbuf[symbuf_idx++]; | 
 |       INTERNALIZE_SYMBOL (nlist, bufp, abfd); | 
 |       OBJSTAT (objfile, n_stabs++); | 
 |  | 
 |       type = bfd_h_get_8 (abfd, bufp->e_type); | 
 |  | 
 |       namestring = set_namestring (objfile, &nlist); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (type & N_STAB) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  if (sizeof (nlist.n_value) > 4 | 
 | 	      /* We are a 64-bit debugger debugging a 32-bit program.  */ | 
 | 	      && (type == N_LSYM || type == N_PSYM)) | 
 | 	      /* We have to be careful with the n_value in the case of N_LSYM | 
 | 		 and N_PSYM entries, because they are signed offsets from frame | 
 | 		 pointer, but we actually read them as unsigned 32-bit values. | 
 | 		 This is not a problem for 32-bit debuggers, for which negative | 
 | 		 values end up being interpreted correctly (as negative | 
 | 		 offsets) due to integer overflow. | 
 | 		 But we need to sign-extend the value for 64-bit debuggers, | 
 | 		 or we'll end up interpreting negative values as very large | 
 | 		 positive offsets.  */ | 
 | 	    nlist.n_value = (nlist.n_value ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000; | 
 | 	  process_one_symbol (type, nlist.n_desc, nlist.n_value, | 
 | 			      namestring, section_offsets, objfile, | 
 | 			      PST_LANGUAGE (pst)); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       /* We skip checking for a new .o or -l file; that should never | 
 | 	 happen in this routine.  */ | 
 |       else if (type == N_TEXT) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* I don't think this code will ever be executed, because | 
 | 	     the GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL usually is right before | 
 | 	     the N_SO symbol which starts this source file. | 
 | 	     However, there is no reason not to accept | 
 | 	     the GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL anywhere.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (strcmp (namestring, GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL) == 0) | 
 | 	    processing_gcc_compilation = 1; | 
 | 	  else if (strcmp (namestring, GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL) == 0) | 
 | 	    processing_gcc_compilation = 2; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else if (type & N_EXT || type == (unsigned char) N_TEXT | 
 | 	       || type == (unsigned char) N_NBTEXT) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* Global symbol: see if we came across a dbx definition for | 
 | 	     a corresponding symbol.  If so, store the value.  Remove | 
 | 	     syms from the chain when their values are stored, but | 
 | 	     search the whole chain, as there may be several syms from | 
 | 	     different files with the same name.  */ | 
 | 	  /* This is probably not true.  Since the files will be read | 
 | 	     in one at a time, each reference to a global symbol will | 
 | 	     be satisfied in each file as it appears.  So we skip this | 
 | 	     section.  */ | 
 | 	  ; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* In a Solaris elf file, this variable, which comes from the value | 
 |      of the N_SO symbol, will still be 0.  Luckily, text_offset, which | 
 |      comes from low text address of PST, is correct.  */ | 
 |   if (get_last_source_start_addr () == 0) | 
 |     set_last_source_start_addr (text_offset); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* In reordered executables last_source_start_addr may not be the | 
 |      lower bound for this symtab, instead use text_offset which comes | 
 |      from the low text address of PST, which is correct.  */ | 
 |   if (get_last_source_start_addr () > text_offset) | 
 |     set_last_source_start_addr (text_offset); | 
 |  | 
 |   pst->compunit_symtab = end_compunit_symtab (text_offset + text_size); | 
 |  | 
 |   end_stabs (); | 
 |  | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | dbx_expand_psymtab (legacy_psymtab *pst, struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   gdb_assert (!pst->readin); | 
 |   struct dbx_symfile_info *key = dbx_objfile_data_key.get (objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Read in all partial symtabs on which this one is dependent.  */ | 
 |   pst->expand_dependencies (objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (LDSYMLEN (pst))		/* Otherwise it's a dummy.  */ | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Init stuff necessary for reading in symbols */ | 
 |       stabsread_init (); | 
 |       scoped_free_pendings free_pending; | 
 |       key->ctx.file_string_table_offset = FILE_STRING_OFFSET (pst); | 
 |       key->ctx.symbol_size = SYMBOL_SIZE (pst); | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Read in this file's symbols.  */ | 
 |       if (bfd_seek (objfile->obfd.get (), SYMBOL_OFFSET (pst), SEEK_SET) == 0) | 
 | 	read_ofile_symtab (objfile, pst); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   pst->readin = true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Invariant: The symbol pointed to by symbuf_idx is the first one | 
 |    that hasn't been swapped.  Swap the symbol at the same time | 
 |    that symbuf_idx is incremented.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* dbx allows the text of a symbol name to be continued into the | 
 |    next symbol name!  When such a continuation is encountered | 
 |    (a \ at the end of the text of a name) | 
 |    call this function to get the continuation.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static const char * | 
 | dbx_next_symbol_text (struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct internal_nlist nlist; | 
 |   dbx_symfile_info *key = dbx_objfile_data_key.get (objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (symbuf_idx == symbuf_end) | 
 |     fill_symbuf (objfile->obfd.get (), objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   symnum++; | 
 |   INTERNALIZE_SYMBOL (nlist, &symbuf[symbuf_idx], objfile->obfd.get ()); | 
 |   OBJSTAT (objfile, n_stabs++); | 
 |  | 
 |   symbuf_idx++; | 
 |  | 
 |   return nlist.n_strx + key->ctx.stringtab_global | 
 |     + key->ctx.file_string_table_offset; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Read in all of the symbols for a given psymtab for real. | 
 |    Be verbose about it if the user wants that.  SELF is not NULL.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | stabs_read_symtab (legacy_psymtab *self, struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   gdb_assert (!self->readin); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (LDSYMLEN (self) || self->number_of_dependencies) | 
 |     { | 
 |       next_symbol_text_func = dbx_next_symbol_text; | 
 |       dbx_symfile_info *key = dbx_objfile_data_key.get (objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |       { | 
 | 	scoped_restore restore_stabs_data = make_scoped_restore (&key->ctx.stabs_data); | 
 | 	gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<gdb_byte> data_holder; | 
 | 	if (DBX_STAB_SECTION (objfile)) | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    key->ctx.stabs_data | 
 | 	      = symfile_relocate_debug_section (objfile, | 
 | 						DBX_STAB_SECTION (objfile), | 
 | 						NULL); | 
 | 	    data_holder.reset (key->ctx.stabs_data); | 
 | 	  } | 
 |  | 
 | 	self->expand_psymtab (objfile); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Match with global symbols.  This only needs to be done once, | 
 | 	 after all of the symtabs and dependencies have been read in.   */ | 
 |       scan_file_globals (objfile); | 
 |     } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | record_minimal_symbol (minimal_symbol_reader &reader, | 
 | 		       const char *name, unrelocated_addr address, int type, | 
 | 		       struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   enum minimal_symbol_type ms_type; | 
 |   int section; | 
 |   struct dbx_symfile_info *key = dbx_objfile_data_key.get (objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (type) | 
 |     { | 
 |     case N_TEXT | N_EXT: | 
 |       ms_type = mst_text; | 
 |       section = SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case N_DATA | N_EXT: | 
 |       ms_type = mst_data; | 
 |       section = SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case N_BSS | N_EXT: | 
 |       ms_type = mst_bss; | 
 |       section = SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case N_ABS | N_EXT: | 
 |       ms_type = mst_abs; | 
 |       section = -1; | 
 |       break; | 
 | #ifdef N_SETV | 
 |     case N_SETV | N_EXT: | 
 |       ms_type = mst_data; | 
 |       section = SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case N_SETV: | 
 |       /* I don't think this type actually exists; since a N_SETV is the result | 
 | 	 of going over many .o files, it doesn't make sense to have one | 
 | 	 file local.  */ | 
 |       ms_type = mst_file_data; | 
 |       section = SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile); | 
 |       break; | 
 | #endif | 
 |     case N_TEXT: | 
 |     case N_NBTEXT: | 
 |     case N_FN: | 
 |     case N_FN_SEQ: | 
 |       ms_type = mst_file_text; | 
 |       section = SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case N_DATA: | 
 |       ms_type = mst_file_data; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Check for __DYNAMIC, which is used by Sun shared libraries.  | 
 | 	 Record it as global even if it's local, not global, so | 
 | 	 lookup_minimal_symbol can find it.  We don't check symbol_leading_char | 
 | 	 because for SunOS4 it always is '_'.  */ | 
 |       if (strcmp ("__DYNAMIC", name) == 0) | 
 | 	ms_type = mst_data; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Same with virtual function tables, both global and static.  */ | 
 |       { | 
 | 	const char *tempstring = name; | 
 |  | 
 | 	if (*tempstring != '\0' | 
 | 	    && *tempstring == bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (objfile->obfd.get ())) | 
 | 	  ++tempstring; | 
 | 	if (is_vtable_name (tempstring)) | 
 | 	  ms_type = mst_data; | 
 |       } | 
 |       section = SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case N_BSS: | 
 |       ms_type = mst_file_bss; | 
 |       section = SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     default: | 
 |       ms_type = mst_unknown; | 
 |       section = -1; | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if ((ms_type == mst_file_text || ms_type == mst_text) | 
 |       && address < key->ctx.lowest_text_address) | 
 |     key->ctx.lowest_text_address = address; | 
 |  | 
 |   reader.record_with_info (name, address, ms_type, section); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Given a name, value pair, find the corresponding | 
 |    bincl in the list.  Return the partial symtab associated | 
 |    with that header_file_location.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static legacy_psymtab * | 
 | find_corresponding_bincl_psymtab (const char *name, int instance, | 
 | 				  struct objfile* objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   stabsread_context ctx = dbx_objfile_data_key.get (objfile) -> ctx; | 
 |   for (const header_file_location &bincl : ctx.bincl_list) | 
 |     if (bincl.instance == instance | 
 | 	&& strcmp (name, bincl.name) == 0) | 
 |       return bincl.pst; | 
 |  | 
 |   repeated_header_complaint (name, symnum); | 
 |   return (legacy_psymtab *) 0; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Allocate and partially fill a partial symtab.  It will be | 
 |    completely filled at the end of the symbol list. | 
 |  | 
 |    SYMFILE_NAME is the name of the symbol-file we are reading from, and ADDR | 
 |    is the address relative to which its symbols are (incremental) or 0 | 
 |    (normal).  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static legacy_psymtab * | 
 | start_psymtab (psymtab_storage *partial_symtabs, struct objfile *objfile, | 
 | 	       const char *filename, unrelocated_addr textlow, int ldsymoff) | 
 | { | 
 |   legacy_psymtab *result = new legacy_psymtab (filename, partial_symtabs, | 
 | 					       objfile->per_bfd, textlow); | 
 |  | 
 |   struct dbx_symfile_info *key = dbx_objfile_data_key.get(objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   result->read_symtab_private = | 
 |     XOBNEW (&objfile->objfile_obstack, struct symloc); | 
 |   LDSYMOFF (result) = ldsymoff; | 
 |   result->legacy_read_symtab = stabs_read_symtab; | 
 |   result->legacy_expand_psymtab = dbx_expand_psymtab; | 
 |   SYMBOL_SIZE (result) = key->ctx.symbol_size; | 
 |   SYMBOL_OFFSET (result) = key->ctx.symbol_table_offset; | 
 |   STRING_OFFSET (result) = 0; /* This used to be an uninitialized global.  */ | 
 |   FILE_STRING_OFFSET (result) = key->ctx.file_string_table_offset; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Deduce the source language from the filename for this psymtab.  */ | 
 |   key->ctx.psymtab_language = deduce_language_from_filename (filename); | 
 |   PST_LANGUAGE (result) = key->ctx.psymtab_language; | 
 |  | 
 |   return result; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* See stabsread.h. */ | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | read_stabs_symtab_1 (minimal_symbol_reader &reader, | 
 | 		     psymtab_storage *partial_symtabs, | 
 | 		     struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct gdbarch *gdbarch = objfile->arch (); | 
 |   struct external_nlist *bufp = 0;	/* =0 avoids gcc -Wall glitch.  */ | 
 |   struct internal_nlist nlist; | 
 |   CORE_ADDR text_addr; | 
 |   int text_size; | 
 |   const char *sym_name; | 
 |   int sym_len; | 
 |   unsigned int next_file_string_table_offset = 0; | 
 |   struct dbx_symfile_info *dbx = dbx_objfile_data_key.get(objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   const char *namestring; | 
 |   int nsl; | 
 |   int past_first_source_file = 0; | 
 |   CORE_ADDR last_function_start = 0; | 
 |   bfd *abfd; | 
 |   int textlow_not_set; | 
 |   int data_sect_index; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Current partial symtab.  */ | 
 |   legacy_psymtab *pst; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* List of current psymtab's include files.  */ | 
 |   const char **psymtab_include_list; | 
 |   int includes_allocated; | 
 |   int includes_used; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Index within current psymtab dependency list.  */ | 
 |   legacy_psymtab **dependency_list; | 
 |   int dependencies_used, dependencies_allocated; | 
 |  | 
 |   text_addr = DBX_TEXT_ADDR (objfile); | 
 |   text_size = DBX_TEXT_SIZE (objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* FIXME.  We probably want to change stringtab_global rather than add this | 
 |      while processing every symbol entry.  FIXME.  */ | 
 |   dbx->ctx.file_string_table_offset = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   dbx->ctx.stringtab_global = DBX_STRINGTAB (objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   pst = (legacy_psymtab *) 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   includes_allocated = 30; | 
 |   includes_used = 0; | 
 |   psymtab_include_list = (const char **) alloca (includes_allocated * | 
 | 						 sizeof (const char *)); | 
 |  | 
 |   dependencies_allocated = 30; | 
 |   dependencies_used = 0; | 
 |   dependency_list = | 
 |     (legacy_psymtab **) alloca (dependencies_allocated * | 
 | 				sizeof (legacy_psymtab *)); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Init bincl list */ | 
 |   std::vector<struct header_file_location> bincl_storage; | 
 |   scoped_restore restore_bincl_global | 
 |     = make_scoped_restore (&(dbx->ctx.bincl_list), bincl_storage); | 
 |  | 
 |   set_last_source_file (NULL); | 
 |  | 
 |   dbx->ctx.lowest_text_address = (unrelocated_addr) -1; | 
 |  | 
 |   abfd = objfile->obfd.get (); | 
 |   symbuf_end = symbuf_idx = 0; | 
 |   next_symbol_text_func = dbx_next_symbol_text; | 
 |   textlow_not_set = 1; | 
 |   dbx->ctx.has_line_numbers = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* FIXME: jimb/2003-09-12: We don't apply the right section's offset | 
 |      to global and static variables.  The stab for a global or static | 
 |      variable doesn't give us any indication of which section it's in, | 
 |      so we can't tell immediately which offset in | 
 |      objfile->section_offsets we should apply to the variable's | 
 |      address. | 
 |  | 
 |      We could certainly find out which section contains the variable | 
 |      by looking up the variable's unrelocated address with | 
 |      find_pc_section, but that would be expensive; this is the | 
 |      function that constructs the partial symbol tables by examining | 
 |      every symbol in the entire executable, and it's | 
 |      performance-critical.  So that expense would not be welcome.  I'm | 
 |      not sure what to do about this at the moment. | 
 |  | 
 |      What we have done for years is to simply assume that the .data | 
 |      section's offset is appropriate for all global and static | 
 |      variables.  Recently, this was expanded to fall back to the .bss | 
 |      section's offset if there is no .data section, and then to the | 
 |      .rodata section's offset.  */ | 
 |   data_sect_index = objfile->sect_index_data; | 
 |   if (data_sect_index == -1) | 
 |     data_sect_index = SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile); | 
 |   if (data_sect_index == -1) | 
 |     data_sect_index = SECT_OFF_RODATA (objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* If data_sect_index is still -1, that's okay.  It's perfectly fine | 
 |      for the file to have no .data, no .bss, and no .text at all, if | 
 |      it also has no global or static variables.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   for (symnum = 0; symnum < DBX_SYMCOUNT (objfile); symnum++) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Get the symbol for this run and pull out some info.  */ | 
 |       QUIT;			/* Allow this to be interruptable.  */ | 
 |       if (symbuf_idx == symbuf_end) | 
 | 	fill_symbuf (abfd, objfile); | 
 |       bufp = &symbuf[symbuf_idx++]; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* | 
 |        * Special case to speed up readin. | 
 |        */ | 
 |       if (bfd_h_get_8 (abfd, bufp->e_type) == N_SLINE) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  dbx->ctx.has_line_numbers = 1; | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       INTERNALIZE_SYMBOL (nlist, bufp, abfd); | 
 |       OBJSTAT (objfile, n_stabs++); | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Ok.  There is a lot of code duplicated in the rest of this | 
 | 	 switch statement (for efficiency reasons).  Since I don't | 
 | 	 like duplicating code, I will do my penance here, and | 
 | 	 describe the code which is duplicated: | 
 |  | 
 | 	 *) The assignment to namestring. | 
 | 	 *) The call to strchr. | 
 | 	 *) The addition of a partial symbol the two partial | 
 | 	 symbol lists.  This last is a large section of code, so | 
 | 	 I've embedded it in the following macro.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       switch (nlist.n_type) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* | 
 | 	   * Standard, external, non-debugger, symbols | 
 | 	   */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	case N_TEXT | N_EXT: | 
 | 	case N_NBTEXT | N_EXT: | 
 | 	  goto record_it; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case N_DATA | N_EXT: | 
 | 	case N_NBDATA | N_EXT: | 
 | 	  goto record_it; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case N_BSS: | 
 | 	case N_BSS | N_EXT: | 
 | 	case N_NBBSS | N_EXT: | 
 | 	case N_SETV | N_EXT:		/* FIXME, is this in BSS? */ | 
 | 	  goto record_it; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case N_ABS | N_EXT: | 
 | 	  record_it: | 
 | 	  namestring = set_namestring (objfile, &nlist); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  record_minimal_symbol (reader, namestring, | 
 | 				 unrelocated_addr (nlist.n_value), | 
 | 				 nlist.n_type, objfile);	/* Always */ | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Standard, local, non-debugger, symbols.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	case N_NBTEXT: | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* We need to be able to deal with both N_FN or N_TEXT, | 
 | 	     because we have no way of knowing whether the sys-supplied ld | 
 | 	     or GNU ld was used to make the executable.  Sequents throw | 
 | 	     in another wrinkle -- they renumbered N_FN.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	case N_FN: | 
 | 	case N_FN_SEQ: | 
 | 	case N_TEXT: | 
 | 	  namestring = set_namestring (objfile, &nlist); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if ((namestring[0] == '-' && namestring[1] == 'l') | 
 | 	      || (namestring[(nsl = strlen (namestring)) - 1] == 'o' | 
 | 		  && namestring[nsl - 2] == '.')) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      unrelocated_addr unrel_val = unrelocated_addr (nlist.n_value); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      if (past_first_source_file && pst | 
 | 		  /* The gould NP1 uses low values for .o and -l symbols | 
 | 		     which are not the address.  */ | 
 | 		  && unrel_val >= pst->unrelocated_text_low ()) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  stabs_end_psymtab (objfile, partial_symtabs, | 
 | 				     pst, psymtab_include_list, | 
 | 				     includes_used, symnum * dbx->ctx.symbol_size, | 
 | 				     unrel_val > pst->unrelocated_text_high () | 
 | 				     ? unrel_val : pst->unrelocated_text_high (), | 
 | 				     dependency_list, dependencies_used, | 
 | 				     textlow_not_set); | 
 | 		  pst = (legacy_psymtab *) 0; | 
 | 		  includes_used = 0; | 
 | 		  dependencies_used = 0; | 
 | 		  dbx->ctx.has_line_numbers = 0; | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		past_first_source_file = 1; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    goto record_it; | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case N_DATA: | 
 | 	  goto record_it; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case N_UNDF | N_EXT: | 
 | 	  /* The case (nlist.n_value != 0) is a "Fortran COMMON" symbol. | 
 | 	     We used to rely on the target to tell us whether it knows | 
 | 	     where the symbol has been relocated to, but none of the | 
 | 	     target implementations actually provided that operation. | 
 | 	     So we just ignore the symbol, the same way we would do if | 
 | 	     we had a target-side symbol lookup which returned no match. | 
 |  | 
 | 	     All other symbols (with nlist.n_value == 0), are really | 
 | 	     undefined, and so we ignore them too.  */ | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case N_UNDF: | 
 | 	  if (dbx->ctx.processing_acc_compilation && nlist.n_strx == 1) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      /* Deal with relative offsets in the string table | 
 | 		 used in ELF+STAB under Solaris.  If we want to use the | 
 | 		 n_strx field, which contains the name of the file, | 
 | 		 we must adjust file_string_table_offset *before* calling | 
 | 		 set_namestring().  */ | 
 | 	      past_first_source_file = 1; | 
 | 	      dbx->ctx.file_string_table_offset = next_file_string_table_offset; | 
 | 	     next_file_string_table_offset = | 
 | 		dbx->ctx.file_string_table_offset + nlist.n_value; | 
 | 	      if (next_file_string_table_offset < dbx->ctx.file_string_table_offset) | 
 | 		error (_("string table offset backs up at %d"), symnum); | 
 | 	      /* FIXME -- replace error() with complaint.  */ | 
 | 	      continue; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Lots of symbol types we can just ignore.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	case N_ABS: | 
 | 	case N_NBDATA: | 
 | 	case N_NBBSS: | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Keep going . . .  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* | 
 | 	   * Special symbol types for GNU | 
 | 	   */ | 
 | 	case N_INDR: | 
 | 	case N_INDR | N_EXT: | 
 | 	case N_SETA: | 
 | 	case N_SETA | N_EXT: | 
 | 	case N_SETT: | 
 | 	case N_SETT | N_EXT: | 
 | 	case N_SETD: | 
 | 	case N_SETD | N_EXT: | 
 | 	case N_SETB: | 
 | 	case N_SETB | N_EXT: | 
 | 	case N_SETV: | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* | 
 | 	   * Debugger symbols | 
 | 	   */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	case N_SO: | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    CORE_ADDR valu; | 
 | 	    static int prev_so_symnum = -10; | 
 | 	    static int first_so_symnum; | 
 | 	    const char *p; | 
 | 	    static const char *dirname_nso; | 
 | 	    int prev_textlow_not_set; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    valu = nlist.n_value; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    prev_textlow_not_set = textlow_not_set; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    /* A zero value is probably an indication for the SunPRO 3.0 | 
 | 	       compiler.  stabs_end_psymtab explicitly tests for zero, so | 
 | 	       don't relocate it.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	    if (nlist.n_value == 0 | 
 | 		&& gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (gdbarch)) | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		textlow_not_set = 1; | 
 | 		valu = 0; | 
 | 	      } | 
 | 	    else | 
 | 	      textlow_not_set = 0; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    past_first_source_file = 1; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    if (prev_so_symnum != symnum - 1) | 
 | 	      {			/* Here if prev stab wasn't N_SO.  */ | 
 | 		first_so_symnum = symnum; | 
 |  | 
 | 		if (pst) | 
 | 		  { | 
 | 		    unrelocated_addr unrel_value = unrelocated_addr (valu); | 
 | 		    stabs_end_psymtab (objfile, partial_symtabs, | 
 | 				       pst, psymtab_include_list, | 
 | 				       includes_used, symnum * dbx->ctx.symbol_size, | 
 | 				       unrel_value > pst->unrelocated_text_high () | 
 | 				       ? unrel_value | 
 | 				       : pst->unrelocated_text_high (), | 
 | 				       dependency_list, dependencies_used, | 
 | 				       prev_textlow_not_set); | 
 | 		    pst = (legacy_psymtab *) 0; | 
 | 		    includes_used = 0; | 
 | 		    dependencies_used = 0; | 
 | 		    dbx->ctx.has_line_numbers = 0; | 
 | 		  } | 
 | 	      } | 
 |  | 
 | 	    prev_so_symnum = symnum; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    /* End the current partial symtab and start a new one.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	    namestring = set_namestring (objfile, &nlist); | 
 |  | 
 | 	    /* Null name means end of .o file.  Don't start a new one.  */ | 
 | 	    if (*namestring == '\000') | 
 | 	      continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    /* Some compilers (including gcc) emit a pair of initial N_SOs. | 
 | 	       The first one is a directory name; the second the file name. | 
 | 	       If pst exists, is empty, and has a filename ending in '/', | 
 | 	       we assume the previous N_SO was a directory name.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	    p = lbasename (namestring); | 
 | 	    if (p != namestring && *p == '\000') | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		/* Save the directory name SOs locally, then save it into | 
 | 		   the psymtab when it's created below.  */ | 
 | 		dirname_nso = namestring; | 
 | 		continue;		 | 
 | 	      } | 
 |  | 
 | 	    /* Some other compilers (C++ ones in particular) emit useless | 
 | 	       SOs for non-existant .c files.  We ignore all subsequent SOs | 
 | 	       that immediately follow the first.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	    if (!pst) | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		pst = start_psymtab (partial_symtabs, objfile, | 
 | 				     namestring, | 
 | 				     unrelocated_addr (valu), | 
 | 				     first_so_symnum * dbx->ctx.symbol_size); | 
 | 		pst->dirname = dirname_nso; | 
 | 		dirname_nso = NULL; | 
 | 	      } | 
 | 	    continue; | 
 | 	  } | 
 |  | 
 | 	case N_BINCL: | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    enum language tmp_language; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    /* Add this bincl to the bincl_list for future EXCLs.  No | 
 | 	       need to save the string; it'll be around until | 
 | 	       read_stabs_symtab function returns.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	    namestring = set_namestring (objfile, &nlist); | 
 | 	    tmp_language = deduce_language_from_filename (namestring); | 
 |  | 
 | 	    /* Only change the psymtab's language if we've learned | 
 | 	       something useful (eg. tmp_language is not language_unknown). | 
 | 	       In addition, to match what start_subfile does, never change | 
 | 	       from C++ to C.  */ | 
 | 	    if (tmp_language != language_unknown | 
 | 		&& (tmp_language != language_c | 
 | 		    || dbx->ctx.psymtab_language != language_cplus)) | 
 | 	      dbx->ctx.psymtab_language = tmp_language; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    if (pst == NULL) | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		/* FIXME: we should not get here without a PST to work on. | 
 | 		   Attempt to recover.  */ | 
 | 		complaint (_("N_BINCL %s not in entries for " | 
 | 			     "any file, at symtab pos %d"), | 
 | 			   namestring, symnum); | 
 | 		continue; | 
 | 	      } | 
 | 	    dbx->ctx.bincl_list.emplace_back (namestring, nlist.n_value, pst); | 
 |  | 
 | 	    /* Mark down an include file in the current psymtab.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	    goto record_include_file; | 
 | 	  } | 
 |  | 
 | 	case N_SOL: | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    enum language tmp_language; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    /* Mark down an include file in the current psymtab.  */ | 
 | 	    namestring = set_namestring (objfile, &nlist); | 
 | 	    tmp_language = deduce_language_from_filename (namestring); | 
 |  | 
 | 	    /* Only change the psymtab's language if we've learned | 
 | 	       something useful (eg. tmp_language is not language_unknown). | 
 | 	       In addition, to match what start_subfile does, never change | 
 | 	       from C++ to C.  */ | 
 | 	    if (tmp_language != language_unknown | 
 | 		&& (tmp_language != language_c | 
 | 		    || dbx->ctx.psymtab_language != language_cplus)) | 
 | 	      dbx->ctx.psymtab_language = tmp_language; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    /* In C++, one may expect the same filename to come round many | 
 | 	       times, when code is coming alternately from the main file | 
 | 	       and from inline functions in other files.  So I check to see | 
 | 	       if this is a file we've seen before -- either the main | 
 | 	       source file, or a previously included file. | 
 |  | 
 | 	       This seems to be a lot of time to be spending on N_SOL, but | 
 | 	       things like "break c-exp.y:435" need to work (I | 
 | 	       suppose the psymtab_include_list could be hashed or put | 
 | 	       in a binary tree, if profiling shows this is a major hog).  */ | 
 | 	    if (pst && filename_cmp (namestring, pst->filename) == 0) | 
 | 	      continue; | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      int i; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      for (i = 0; i < includes_used; i++) | 
 | 		if (filename_cmp (namestring, psymtab_include_list[i]) == 0) | 
 | 		  { | 
 | 		    i = -1; | 
 | 		    break; | 
 | 		  } | 
 | 	      if (i == -1) | 
 | 		continue; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  record_include_file: | 
 |  | 
 | 	    psymtab_include_list[includes_used++] = namestring; | 
 | 	    if (includes_used >= includes_allocated) | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		const char **orig = psymtab_include_list; | 
 |  | 
 | 		psymtab_include_list = (const char **) | 
 | 		  alloca ((includes_allocated *= 2) * sizeof (const char *)); | 
 | 		memcpy (psymtab_include_list, orig, | 
 | 			includes_used * sizeof (const char *)); | 
 | 	      } | 
 | 	    continue; | 
 | 	  } | 
 | 	case N_LSYM:		/* Typedef or automatic variable.  */ | 
 | 	case N_STSYM:		/* Data seg var -- static.  */ | 
 | 	case N_LCSYM:		/* BSS      "  */ | 
 | 	case N_ROSYM:		/* Read-only data seg var -- static.  */ | 
 | 	case N_NBSTS:		/* Gould nobase.  */ | 
 | 	case N_NBLCS:		/* symbols.  */ | 
 | 	case N_FUN: | 
 | 	case N_GSYM:		/* Global (extern) variable; can be | 
 | 				   data or bss (sigh FIXME).  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Following may probably be ignored; I'll leave them here | 
 | 	     for now (until I do Pascal and Modula 2 extensions).  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	case N_PC:		/* I may or may not need this; I | 
 | 				   suspect not.  */ | 
 | 	case N_M2C:		/* I suspect that I can ignore this here.  */ | 
 | 	case N_SCOPE:		/* Same.   */ | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  const char *p; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  namestring = set_namestring (objfile, &nlist); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* See if this is an end of function stab.  */ | 
 | 	  if (pst && nlist.n_type == N_FUN && *namestring == '\000') | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      unrelocated_addr valu; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* It's value is the size (in bytes) of the function for | 
 | 		 function relative stabs, or the address of the function's | 
 | 		 end for old style stabs.  */ | 
 | 	      valu = unrelocated_addr (nlist.n_value + last_function_start); | 
 | 	      if (pst->unrelocated_text_high () == unrelocated_addr (0) | 
 | 		  || valu > pst->unrelocated_text_high ()) | 
 | 		pst->set_text_high (valu); | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  p = (char *) strchr (namestring, ':'); | 
 | 	  if (!p) | 
 | 	    continue;		/* Not a debugging symbol.   */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	  sym_len = 0; | 
 | 	  sym_name = NULL;	/* pacify "gcc -Werror" */ | 
 | 	  if (dbx->ctx.psymtab_language == language_cplus) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      std::string name (namestring, p - namestring); | 
 | 	      gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> new_name | 
 | 		= cp_canonicalize_string (name.c_str ()); | 
 | 	      if (new_name != nullptr) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  sym_len = strlen (new_name.get ()); | 
 | 		  sym_name = obstack_strdup (&objfile->objfile_obstack, | 
 | 					     new_name.get ()); | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else if (dbx->ctx.psymtab_language == language_c) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      std::string name (namestring, p - namestring); | 
 | 	      gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> new_name | 
 | 		= c_canonicalize_name (name.c_str ()); | 
 | 	      if (new_name != nullptr) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  sym_len = strlen (new_name.get ()); | 
 | 		  sym_name = obstack_strdup (&objfile->objfile_obstack, | 
 | 					     new_name.get ()); | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (sym_len == 0) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      sym_name = namestring; | 
 | 	      sym_len = p - namestring; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Main processing section for debugging symbols which | 
 | 	     the initial read through the symbol tables needs to worry | 
 | 	     about.  If we reach this point, the symbol which we are | 
 | 	     considering is definitely one we are interested in. | 
 | 	     p must also contain the (valid) index into the namestring | 
 | 	     which indicates the debugging type symbol.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	  switch (p[1]) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	    case 'S': | 
 | 	      if (pst != nullptr) | 
 | 		pst->add_psymbol (std::string_view (sym_name, sym_len), true, | 
 | 				  VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_STATIC, | 
 | 				  data_sect_index, | 
 | 				  psymbol_placement::STATIC, | 
 | 				  unrelocated_addr (nlist.n_value), | 
 | 				  dbx->ctx.psymtab_language, | 
 | 				  partial_symtabs, objfile); | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		complaint (_("static `%*s' appears to be defined " | 
 | 			     "outside of all compilation units"), | 
 | 			   sym_len, sym_name); | 
 | 	      continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case 'G': | 
 | 	      /* The addresses in these entries are reported to be | 
 | 		 wrong.  See the code that reads 'G's for symtabs.  */ | 
 | 	      if (pst != nullptr) | 
 | 		pst->add_psymbol (std::string_view (sym_name, sym_len), true, | 
 | 				  VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_STATIC, | 
 | 				  data_sect_index, | 
 | 				  psymbol_placement::GLOBAL, | 
 | 				  unrelocated_addr (nlist.n_value), | 
 | 				  dbx->ctx.psymtab_language, | 
 | 				  partial_symtabs, objfile); | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		complaint (_("global `%*s' appears to be defined " | 
 | 			     "outside of all compilation units"), | 
 | 			   sym_len, sym_name); | 
 | 	      continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case 'T': | 
 | 	      /* When a 'T' entry is defining an anonymous enum, it | 
 | 		 may have a name which is the empty string, or a | 
 | 		 single space.  Since they're not really defining a | 
 | 		 symbol, those shouldn't go in the partial symbol | 
 | 		 table.  We do pick up the elements of such enums at | 
 | 		 'check_enum:', below.  */ | 
 | 	      if (p >= namestring + 2 | 
 | 		  || (p == namestring + 1 | 
 | 		      && namestring[0] != ' ')) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  if (pst != nullptr) | 
 | 		    pst->add_psymbol (std::string_view (sym_name, sym_len), | 
 | 				      true, STRUCT_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF, -1, | 
 | 				      psymbol_placement::STATIC, | 
 | 				      unrelocated_addr (0), | 
 | 				      dbx->ctx.psymtab_language, | 
 | 				      partial_symtabs, objfile); | 
 | 		  else | 
 | 		    complaint (_("enum, struct, or union `%*s' appears " | 
 | 				 "to be defined outside of all " | 
 | 				 "compilation units"), | 
 | 			       sym_len, sym_name); | 
 | 		  if (p[2] == 't') | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      /* Also a typedef with the same name.  */ | 
 | 		      if (pst != nullptr) | 
 | 			pst->add_psymbol (std::string_view (sym_name, sym_len), | 
 | 					  true, VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF, -1, | 
 | 					  psymbol_placement::STATIC, | 
 | 					  unrelocated_addr (0), | 
 | 					  dbx->ctx.psymtab_language, | 
 | 					  partial_symtabs, objfile); | 
 | 		      else | 
 | 			complaint (_("typedef `%*s' appears to be defined " | 
 | 				     "outside of all compilation units"), | 
 | 				   sym_len, sym_name); | 
 | 		      p += 1; | 
 | 		    } | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      goto check_enum; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case 't': | 
 | 	      if (p != namestring)	/* a name is there, not just :T...  */ | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  if (pst != nullptr) | 
 | 		    pst->add_psymbol (std::string_view (sym_name, sym_len), | 
 | 				      true, VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF, -1, | 
 | 				      psymbol_placement::STATIC, | 
 | 				      unrelocated_addr (0), | 
 | 				      dbx->ctx.psymtab_language, | 
 | 				      partial_symtabs, objfile); | 
 | 		  else | 
 | 		    complaint (_("typename `%*s' appears to be defined " | 
 | 				 "outside of all compilation units"), | 
 | 			       sym_len, sym_name); | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	    check_enum: | 
 | 	      /* If this is an enumerated type, we need to | 
 | 		 add all the enum constants to the partial symbol | 
 | 		 table.  This does not cover enums without names, e.g. | 
 | 		 "enum {a, b} c;" in C, but fortunately those are | 
 | 		 rare.  There is no way for GDB to find those from the | 
 | 		 enum type without spending too much time on it.  Thus | 
 | 		 to solve this problem, the compiler needs to put out the | 
 | 		 enum in a nameless type.  GCC2 does this.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* We are looking for something of the form | 
 | 		 <name> ":" ("t" | "T") [<number> "="] "e" | 
 | 		 {<constant> ":" <value> ","} ";".  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* Skip over the colon and the 't' or 'T'.  */ | 
 | 	      p += 2; | 
 | 	      /* This type may be given a number.  Also, numbers can come | 
 | 		 in pairs like (0,26).  Skip over it.  */ | 
 | 	      while ((*p >= '0' && *p <= '9') | 
 | 		     || *p == '(' || *p == ',' || *p == ')' | 
 | 		     || *p == '=') | 
 | 		p++; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      if (*p++ == 'e') | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  /* The aix4 compiler emits extra crud before the members.  */ | 
 | 		  if (*p == '-') | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      /* Skip over the type (?).  */ | 
 | 		      while (*p != ':') | 
 | 			p++; | 
 |  | 
 | 		      /* Skip over the colon.  */ | 
 | 		      p++; | 
 | 		    } | 
 |  | 
 | 		  /* We have found an enumerated type.  */ | 
 | 		  /* According to comments in read_enum_type | 
 | 		     a comma could end it instead of a semicolon. | 
 | 		     I don't know where that happens. | 
 | 		     Accept either.  */ | 
 | 		  while (*p && *p != ';' && *p != ',') | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      const char *q; | 
 |  | 
 | 		      /* Check for and handle cretinous dbx symbol name | 
 | 			 continuation!  */ | 
 | 		      if (*p == '\\' || (*p == '?' && p[1] == '\0')) | 
 | 			p = next_symbol_text (objfile); | 
 |  | 
 | 		      /* Point to the character after the name | 
 | 			 of the enum constant.  */ | 
 | 		      for (q = p; *q && *q != ':'; q++) | 
 | 			; | 
 | 		      /* Note that the value doesn't matter for | 
 | 			 enum constants in psymtabs, just in symtabs.  */ | 
 | 		      if (pst != nullptr) | 
 | 			pst->add_psymbol (std::string_view (p, q - p), true, | 
 | 					  VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST, -1, | 
 | 					  psymbol_placement::STATIC, | 
 | 					  unrelocated_addr (0), | 
 | 					  dbx->ctx.psymtab_language, | 
 | 					  partial_symtabs, objfile); | 
 | 		      else | 
 | 			complaint (_("enum constant `%*s' appears to be defined " | 
 | 				     "outside of all compilation units"), | 
 | 				   ((int) (q - p)), p); | 
 | 		      /* Point past the name.  */ | 
 | 		      p = q; | 
 | 		      /* Skip over the value.  */ | 
 | 		      while (*p && *p != ',') | 
 | 			p++; | 
 | 		      /* Advance past the comma.  */ | 
 | 		      if (*p) | 
 | 			p++; | 
 | 		    } | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case 'c': | 
 | 	      /* Constant, e.g. from "const" in Pascal.  */ | 
 | 	      if (pst != nullptr) | 
 | 		pst->add_psymbol (std::string_view (sym_name, sym_len), true, | 
 | 				  VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST, -1, | 
 | 				  psymbol_placement::STATIC, | 
 | 				  unrelocated_addr (0), | 
 | 				  dbx->ctx.psymtab_language, | 
 | 				  partial_symtabs, objfile); | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		complaint (_("constant `%*s' appears to be defined " | 
 | 			     "outside of all compilation units"), | 
 | 			   sym_len, sym_name); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case 'f': | 
 | 	      if (! pst) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  std::string name (namestring, (p - namestring)); | 
 | 		  function_outside_compilation_unit_complaint (name.c_str ()); | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      /* Kludges for ELF/STABS with Sun ACC.  */ | 
 | 	      dbx->ctx.last_function_name = namestring; | 
 | 	      /* Do not fix textlow==0 for .o or NLM files, as 0 is a legit | 
 | 		 value for the bottom of the text seg in those cases.  */ | 
 | 	      if (nlist.n_value == 0 | 
 | 		  && gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (gdbarch)) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  bound_minimal_symbol minsym | 
 | 		    = find_stab_function (namestring, | 
 | 					  pst ? pst->filename : NULL, objfile); | 
 | 		  if (minsym.minsym != NULL) | 
 | 		    nlist.n_value | 
 | 		      = CORE_ADDR (minsym.minsym->unrelocated_address ()); | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      if (pst && textlow_not_set | 
 | 		  && gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (gdbarch)) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  pst->set_text_low (unrelocated_addr (nlist.n_value)); | 
 | 		  textlow_not_set = 0; | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      /* End kludge.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* Keep track of the start of the last function so we | 
 | 		 can handle end of function symbols.  */ | 
 | 	      last_function_start = nlist.n_value; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* In reordered executables this function may lie outside | 
 | 		 the bounds created by N_SO symbols.  If that's the case | 
 | 		 use the address of this function as the low bound for | 
 | 		 the partial symbol table.  */ | 
 | 	      if (pst | 
 | 		  && (textlow_not_set | 
 | 		      || (unrelocated_addr (nlist.n_value) | 
 | 			  < pst->unrelocated_text_low () | 
 | 			  && (nlist.n_value != 0)))) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  pst->set_text_low (unrelocated_addr (nlist.n_value)); | 
 | 		  textlow_not_set = 0; | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      if (pst != nullptr) | 
 | 		pst->add_psymbol (std::string_view (sym_name, sym_len), true, | 
 | 				  VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK, | 
 | 				  SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile), | 
 | 				  psymbol_placement::STATIC, | 
 | 				  unrelocated_addr (nlist.n_value), | 
 | 				  dbx->ctx.psymtab_language, | 
 | 				  partial_symtabs, objfile); | 
 | 	      continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* Global functions were ignored here, but now they | 
 | 		 are put into the global psymtab like one would expect. | 
 | 		 They're also in the minimal symbol table.  */ | 
 | 	    case 'F': | 
 | 	      if (! pst) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  std::string name (namestring, (p - namestring)); | 
 | 		  function_outside_compilation_unit_complaint (name.c_str ()); | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      /* Kludges for ELF/STABS with Sun ACC.  */ | 
 | 	      dbx->ctx.last_function_name = namestring; | 
 | 	      /* Do not fix textlow==0 for .o or NLM files, as 0 is a legit | 
 | 		 value for the bottom of the text seg in those cases.  */ | 
 | 	      if (nlist.n_value == 0 | 
 | 		  && gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (gdbarch)) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  bound_minimal_symbol minsym | 
 | 		    = find_stab_function (namestring, | 
 | 					  pst ? pst->filename : NULL, objfile); | 
 | 		  if (minsym.minsym != NULL) | 
 | 		    nlist.n_value | 
 | 		      = CORE_ADDR (minsym.minsym->unrelocated_address ()); | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      if (pst && textlow_not_set | 
 | 		  && gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (gdbarch)) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  pst->set_text_low (unrelocated_addr (nlist.n_value)); | 
 | 		  textlow_not_set = 0; | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      /* End kludge.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* Keep track of the start of the last function so we | 
 | 		 can handle end of function symbols.  */ | 
 | 	      last_function_start = nlist.n_value; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* In reordered executables this function may lie outside | 
 | 		 the bounds created by N_SO symbols.  If that's the case | 
 | 		 use the address of this function as the low bound for | 
 | 		 the partial symbol table.  */ | 
 | 	      if (pst | 
 | 		  && (textlow_not_set | 
 | 		      || (unrelocated_addr (nlist.n_value) | 
 | 			  < pst->unrelocated_text_low () | 
 | 			  && (nlist.n_value != 0)))) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  pst->set_text_low (unrelocated_addr (nlist.n_value)); | 
 | 		  textlow_not_set = 0; | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      if (pst != nullptr) | 
 | 		pst->add_psymbol (std::string_view (sym_name, sym_len), true, | 
 | 				  VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK, | 
 | 				  SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile), | 
 | 				  psymbol_placement::GLOBAL, | 
 | 				  unrelocated_addr (nlist.n_value), | 
 | 				  dbx->ctx.psymtab_language, | 
 | 				  partial_symtabs, objfile); | 
 | 	      continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* Two things show up here (hopefully); static symbols of | 
 | 		 local scope (static used inside braces) or extensions | 
 | 		 of structure symbols.  We can ignore both.  */ | 
 | 	    case 'V': | 
 | 	    case '(': | 
 | 	    case '0': | 
 | 	    case '1': | 
 | 	    case '2': | 
 | 	    case '3': | 
 | 	    case '4': | 
 | 	    case '5': | 
 | 	    case '6': | 
 | 	    case '7': | 
 | 	    case '8': | 
 | 	    case '9': | 
 | 	    case '-': | 
 | 	    case '#':	/* For symbol identification (used in live ranges).  */ | 
 | 	      continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case ':': | 
 | 	      /* It is a C++ nested symbol.  We don't need to record it | 
 | 		 (I don't think); if we try to look up foo::bar::baz, | 
 | 		 then symbols for the symtab containing foo should get | 
 | 		 read in, I think.  */ | 
 | 	      /* Someone says sun cc puts out symbols like | 
 | 		 /foo/baz/maclib::/usr/local/bin/maclib, | 
 | 		 which would get here with a symbol type of ':'.  */ | 
 | 	      continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    default: | 
 | 	      /* Unexpected symbol descriptor.  The second and subsequent stabs | 
 | 		 of a continued stab can show up here.  The question is | 
 | 		 whether they ever can mimic a normal stab--it would be | 
 | 		 nice if not, since we certainly don't want to spend the | 
 | 		 time searching to the end of every string looking for | 
 | 		 a backslash.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	      complaint (_("unknown symbol descriptor `%c'"), | 
 | 			 p[1]); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* Ignore it; perhaps it is an extension that we don't | 
 | 		 know about.  */ | 
 | 	      continue; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 | 	case N_EXCL: | 
 |  | 
 | 	  namestring = set_namestring (objfile, &nlist); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Find the corresponding bincl and mark that psymtab on the | 
 | 	     psymtab dependency list.  */ | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    legacy_psymtab *needed_pst = | 
 | 	      find_corresponding_bincl_psymtab (namestring, nlist.n_value, objfile); | 
 |  | 
 | 	    /* If this include file was defined earlier in this file, | 
 | 	       leave it alone.  */ | 
 | 	    if (needed_pst == pst) | 
 | 	      continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    if (needed_pst) | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		int i; | 
 | 		int found = 0; | 
 |  | 
 | 		for (i = 0; i < dependencies_used; i++) | 
 | 		  if (dependency_list[i] == needed_pst) | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      found = 1; | 
 | 		      break; | 
 | 		    } | 
 |  | 
 | 		/* If it's already in the list, skip the rest.  */ | 
 | 		if (found) | 
 | 		  continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 		dependency_list[dependencies_used++] = needed_pst; | 
 | 		if (dependencies_used >= dependencies_allocated) | 
 | 		  { | 
 | 		    legacy_psymtab **orig = dependency_list; | 
 |  | 
 | 		    dependency_list = | 
 | 		      (legacy_psymtab **) | 
 | 		      alloca ((dependencies_allocated *= 2) | 
 | 			      * sizeof (legacy_psymtab *)); | 
 | 		    memcpy (dependency_list, orig, | 
 | 			    (dependencies_used | 
 | 			     * sizeof (legacy_psymtab *))); | 
 | #ifdef DEBUG_INFO | 
 | 		    gdb_printf (gdb_stderr, | 
 | 				"Had to reallocate " | 
 | 				"dependency list.\n"); | 
 | 		    gdb_printf (gdb_stderr, | 
 | 				"New dependencies allocated: %d\n", | 
 | 				dependencies_allocated); | 
 | #endif | 
 | 		  } | 
 | 	      } | 
 | 	  } | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case N_ENDM: | 
 | 	  /* Solaris 2 end of module, finish current partial symbol | 
 | 	     table.  stabs_end_psymtab will set the high text address of | 
 | 	     PST to the proper value, which is necessary if a module | 
 | 	     compiled without debugging info follows this module.  */ | 
 | 	  if (pst && gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (gdbarch)) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      stabs_end_psymtab (objfile, partial_symtabs, pst, | 
 | 				 psymtab_include_list, includes_used, | 
 | 				 symnum * dbx->ctx.symbol_size, | 
 | 				 (unrelocated_addr) 0, dependency_list, | 
 | 				 dependencies_used, textlow_not_set); | 
 | 	      pst = (legacy_psymtab *) 0; | 
 | 	      includes_used = 0; | 
 | 	      dependencies_used = 0; | 
 | 	      dbx->ctx.has_line_numbers = 0; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case N_RBRAC: | 
 | #ifdef HANDLE_RBRAC | 
 | 	  HANDLE_RBRAC (nlist.n_value); | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 | #endif | 
 | 	case N_EINCL: | 
 | 	case N_DSLINE: | 
 | 	case N_BSLINE: | 
 | 	case N_SSYM:		/* Claim: Structure or union element. | 
 | 				   Hopefully, I can ignore this.  */ | 
 | 	case N_ENTRY:		/* Alternate entry point; can ignore.  */ | 
 | 	case N_MAIN:		/* Can definitely ignore this.   */ | 
 | 	case N_CATCH:		/* These are GNU C++ extensions */ | 
 | 	case N_EHDECL:		/* that can safely be ignored here.  */ | 
 | 	case N_LENG: | 
 | 	case N_BCOMM: | 
 | 	case N_ECOMM: | 
 | 	case N_ECOML: | 
 | 	case N_FNAME: | 
 | 	case N_SLINE: | 
 | 	case N_RSYM: | 
 | 	case N_PSYM: | 
 | 	case N_BNSYM: | 
 | 	case N_ENSYM: | 
 | 	case N_LBRAC: | 
 | 	case N_NSYMS:		/* Ultrix 4.0: symbol count */ | 
 | 	case N_DEFD:		/* GNU Modula-2 */ | 
 | 	case N_ALIAS:		/* SunPro F77: alias name, ignore for now.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	case N_OBJ:		/* Useless types from Solaris.  */ | 
 | 	case N_OPT: | 
 | 	case N_PATCH: | 
 | 	  /* These symbols aren't interesting; don't worry about them.  */ | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 	default: | 
 | 	  /* If we haven't found it yet, ignore it.  It's probably some | 
 | 	     new type we don't know about yet.  */ | 
 | 	  unknown_symtype_complaint (hex_string (nlist.n_type)); | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* If there's stuff to be cleaned up, clean it up.  */ | 
 |   if (pst) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Don't set high text address of PST lower than it already | 
 | 	 is.  */ | 
 |       unrelocated_addr text_end | 
 | 	= (unrelocated_addr | 
 | 	   ((dbx->ctx.lowest_text_address == (unrelocated_addr) -1 | 
 | 	     ? text_addr | 
 | 	     : CORE_ADDR (dbx->ctx.lowest_text_address)) | 
 | 	    + text_size)); | 
 |  | 
 |       stabs_end_psymtab (objfile, partial_symtabs, | 
 | 			 pst, psymtab_include_list, includes_used, | 
 | 			 symnum * dbx->ctx.symbol_size, | 
 | 			 (text_end > pst->unrelocated_text_high () | 
 | 			  ? text_end : pst->unrelocated_text_high ()), | 
 | 			 dependency_list, dependencies_used, textlow_not_set); | 
 |     } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Scan and build partial symbols for a symbol file. | 
 |    We have been initialized by a call to dbx_symfile_init, which  | 
 |    put all the relevant info into a "struct dbx_symfile_info", | 
 |    hung off the objfile structure.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | void | 
 | read_stabs_symtab (struct objfile *objfile, symfile_add_flags symfile_flags) | 
 | { | 
 |   bfd *sym_bfd; | 
 |   int val; | 
 |   struct dbx_symfile_info *key = dbx_objfile_data_key.get (objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   sym_bfd = objfile->obfd.get (); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* .o and .nlm files are relocatables with text, data and bss segs based at | 
 |      0.  This flag disables special (Solaris stabs-in-elf only) fixups for | 
 |      symbols with a value of 0.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   key->ctx.symfile_relocatable = bfd_get_file_flags (sym_bfd) & HAS_RELOC; | 
 |  | 
 |   val = bfd_seek (sym_bfd, DBX_SYMTAB_OFFSET (objfile), SEEK_SET); | 
 |   if (val < 0) | 
 |     perror_with_name (objfile_name (objfile)); | 
 |  | 
 |   key->ctx.symbol_size = DBX_SYMBOL_SIZE (objfile); | 
 |   key->ctx.symbol_table_offset = DBX_SYMTAB_OFFSET (objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   scoped_free_pendings free_pending; | 
 |  | 
 |   minimal_symbol_reader reader (objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Read stabs data from executable file and define symbols.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   psymbol_functions *psf = new psymbol_functions (); | 
 |   psymtab_storage *partial_symtabs = psf->get_partial_symtabs ().get (); | 
 |   objfile->qf.emplace_front (psf); | 
 |   read_stabs_symtab_1 (reader, partial_symtabs, objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Install any minimal symbols that have been collected as the current | 
 |      minimal symbols for this objfile.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   reader.install (); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Record the namespace that the function defined by SYMBOL was | 
 |    defined in, if necessary.  BLOCK is the associated block; use | 
 |    OBSTACK for allocation.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | cp_set_block_scope (const struct symbol *symbol, | 
 | 		    struct block *block, | 
 | 		    struct obstack *obstack) | 
 | { | 
 |   if (symbol->demangled_name () != NULL) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Try to figure out the appropriate namespace from the | 
 | 	 demangled name.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       /* FIXME: carlton/2003-04-15: If the function in question is | 
 | 	 a method of a class, the name will actually include the | 
 | 	 name of the class as well.  This should be harmless, but | 
 | 	 is a little unfortunate.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       const char *name = symbol->demangled_name (); | 
 |       unsigned int prefix_len = cp_entire_prefix_len (name); | 
 |  | 
 |       block->set_scope (obstack_strndup (obstack, name, prefix_len), | 
 | 			obstack); | 
 |     } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bound_minimal_symbol | 
 | find_stab_function (const char *namestring, const char *filename, | 
 | 		    struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   int n; | 
 |  | 
 |   const char *colon = strchr (namestring, ':'); | 
 |   if (colon == NULL) | 
 |     n = 0; | 
 |   else | 
 |     n = colon - namestring; | 
 |  | 
 |   char *p = (char *) alloca (n + 2); | 
 |   strncpy (p, namestring, n); | 
 |   p[n] = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   bound_minimal_symbol msym | 
 |     = lookup_minimal_symbol (current_program_space, p, objfile, filename); | 
 |   if (msym.minsym == NULL) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Sun Fortran appends an underscore to the minimal symbol name, | 
 | 	 try again with an appended underscore if the minimal symbol | 
 | 	 was not found.  */ | 
 |       p[n] = '_'; | 
 |       p[n + 1] = 0; | 
 |       msym | 
 | 	= lookup_minimal_symbol (current_program_space, p, objfile, filename); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (msym.minsym == NULL && filename != NULL) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Try again without the filename.  */ | 
 |       p[n] = 0; | 
 |       msym = lookup_minimal_symbol (current_program_space, p, objfile); | 
 |     } | 
 |   if (msym.minsym == NULL && filename != NULL) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* And try again for Sun Fortran, but without the filename.  */ | 
 |       p[n] = '_'; | 
 |       p[n + 1] = 0; | 
 |       msym = lookup_minimal_symbol (current_program_space, p, objfile); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return msym; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Add header file number I for this object file | 
 |    at the next successive FILENUM.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | add_this_object_header_file (int i) | 
 | { | 
 |   if (n_this_object_header_files == n_allocated_this_object_header_files) | 
 |     { | 
 |       n_allocated_this_object_header_files *= 2; | 
 |       this_object_header_files | 
 | 	= (int *) xrealloc ((char *) this_object_header_files, | 
 | 		       n_allocated_this_object_header_files * sizeof (int)); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   this_object_header_files[n_this_object_header_files++] = i; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Add to this file an "old" header file, one already seen in | 
 |    a previous object file.  NAME is the header file's name. | 
 |    INSTANCE is its instance code, to select among multiple | 
 |    symbol tables for the same header file.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | add_old_header_file (const char *name, int instance, struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct header_file *p = HEADER_FILES (objfile); | 
 |   int i; | 
 |  | 
 |   for (i = 0; i < N_HEADER_FILES (objfile); i++) | 
 |     if (filename_cmp (p[i].name, name) == 0 && instance == p[i].instance) | 
 |       { | 
 | 	add_this_object_header_file (i); | 
 | 	return; | 
 |       } | 
 |   repeated_header_complaint (name, symnum); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Add to this file a "new" header file: definitions for its types follow. | 
 |    NAME is the header file's name. | 
 |    Most often this happens only once for each distinct header file, | 
 |    but not necessarily.  If it happens more than once, INSTANCE has | 
 |    a different value each time, and references to the header file | 
 |    use INSTANCE values to select among them. | 
 |  | 
 |    dbx output contains "begin" and "end" markers for each new header file, | 
 |    but at this level we just need to know which files there have been; | 
 |    so we record the file when its "begin" is seen and ignore the "end".  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | add_new_header_file (const char *name, int instance, struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   int i; | 
 |   struct header_file *hfile; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Make sure there is room for one more header file.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   i = N_ALLOCATED_HEADER_FILES (objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (N_HEADER_FILES (objfile) == i) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (i == 0) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  N_ALLOCATED_HEADER_FILES (objfile) = 10; | 
 | 	  HEADER_FILES (objfile) = (struct header_file *) | 
 | 	    xmalloc (10 * sizeof (struct header_file)); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  i *= 2; | 
 | 	  N_ALLOCATED_HEADER_FILES (objfile) = i; | 
 | 	  HEADER_FILES (objfile) = (struct header_file *) | 
 | 	    xrealloc ((char *) HEADER_FILES (objfile), | 
 | 		      (i * sizeof (struct header_file))); | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Create an entry for this header file.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   i = N_HEADER_FILES (objfile)++; | 
 |   hfile = HEADER_FILES (objfile) + i; | 
 |   hfile->name = xstrdup (name); | 
 |   hfile->instance = instance; | 
 |   hfile->length = 10; | 
 |   hfile->vector = XCNEWVEC (struct type *, 10); | 
 |  | 
 |   add_this_object_header_file (i); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* See stabsread.h.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | void | 
 | process_one_symbol (int type, int desc, CORE_ADDR valu, const char *name, | 
 | 		    const section_offsets §ion_offsets, | 
 | 		    struct objfile *objfile, enum language language) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct gdbarch *gdbarch = objfile->arch (); | 
 |   struct context_stack *newobj; | 
 |   struct context_stack cstk; | 
 |   /* This remembers the address of the start of a function.  It is | 
 |      used because in Solaris 2, N_LBRAC, N_RBRAC, and N_SLINE entries | 
 |      are relative to the current function's start address.  On systems | 
 |      other than Solaris 2, this just holds the SECT_OFF_TEXT value, | 
 |      and is used to relocate these symbol types rather than | 
 |      SECTION_OFFSETS.  */ | 
 |   static CORE_ADDR function_start_offset; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* This holds the address of the start of a function, without the | 
 |      system peculiarities of function_start_offset.  */ | 
 |   static CORE_ADDR last_function_start; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* If this is nonzero, we've seen an N_SLINE since the start of the | 
 |      current function.  We use this to tell us to move the first sline | 
 |      to the beginning of the function regardless of what its given | 
 |      value is.  */ | 
 |   static int sline_found_in_function = 1; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* If this is nonzero, we've seen a non-gcc N_OPT symbol for this | 
 |      source file.  Used to detect the SunPRO solaris compiler.  */ | 
 |   static int n_opt_found; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* The section index for this symbol.  */ | 
 |   int section_index = -1; | 
 |  | 
 |   struct dbx_symfile_info *key = dbx_objfile_data_key.get (objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Something is wrong if we see real data before seeing a source | 
 |      file name.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   if (get_last_source_file () == NULL && type != (unsigned char) N_SO) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Ignore any symbols which appear before an N_SO symbol. | 
 | 	 Currently no one puts symbols there, but we should deal | 
 | 	 gracefully with the case.  A complain()t might be in order, | 
 | 	 but this should not be an error ().  */ | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (type) | 
 |     { | 
 |     case N_FUN: | 
 |     case N_FNAME: | 
 |  | 
 |       if (*name == '\000') | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* This N_FUN marks the end of a function.  This closes off | 
 | 	     the current block.  */ | 
 | 	  struct block *block; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (outermost_context_p ()) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      lbrac_mismatch_complaint (symnum); | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* The following check is added before recording line 0 at | 
 | 	     end of function so as to handle hand-generated stabs | 
 | 	     which may have an N_FUN stabs at the end of the function, | 
 | 	     but no N_SLINE stabs.  */ | 
 | 	  if (sline_found_in_function) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      CORE_ADDR addr = last_function_start + valu; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      record_line | 
 | 		(get_current_subfile (), 0, | 
 | 		 unrelocated_addr (gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, addr) | 
 | 				   - objfile->text_section_offset ())); | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  within_function = 0; | 
 | 	  cstk = pop_context (); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Make a block for the local symbols within.  */ | 
 | 	  block = finish_block (cstk.name, | 
 | 				cstk.old_blocks, NULL, | 
 | 				cstk.start_addr, cstk.start_addr + valu); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* For C++, set the block's scope.  */ | 
 | 	  if (cstk.name->language () == language_cplus) | 
 | 	    cp_set_block_scope (cstk.name, block, &objfile->objfile_obstack); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* May be switching to an assembler file which may not be using | 
 | 	     block relative stabs, so reset the offset.  */ | 
 | 	  function_start_offset = 0; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  break; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       sline_found_in_function = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Relocate for dynamic loading.  */ | 
 |       section_index = SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile); | 
 |       valu += section_offsets[SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)]; | 
 |       valu = gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, valu); | 
 |       last_function_start = valu; | 
 |  | 
 |       goto define_a_symbol; | 
 |  | 
 |     case N_LBRAC: | 
 |       /* This "symbol" just indicates the start of an inner lexical | 
 | 	 context within a function.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Ignore extra outermost context from SunPRO cc and acc.  */ | 
 |       if (n_opt_found && desc == 1) | 
 | 	break; | 
 |  | 
 |       valu += function_start_offset; | 
 |  | 
 |       push_context (desc, valu); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case N_RBRAC: | 
 |       /* This "symbol" just indicates the end of an inner lexical | 
 | 	 context that was started with N_LBRAC.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Ignore extra outermost context from SunPRO cc and acc.  */ | 
 |       if (n_opt_found && desc == 1) | 
 | 	break; | 
 |  | 
 |       valu += function_start_offset; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (outermost_context_p ()) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  lbrac_mismatch_complaint (symnum); | 
 | 	  break; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       cstk = pop_context (); | 
 |       if (desc != cstk.depth) | 
 | 	lbrac_mismatch_complaint (symnum); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (*get_local_symbols () != NULL) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* GCC development snapshots from March to December of | 
 | 	     2000 would output N_LSYM entries after N_LBRAC | 
 | 	     entries.  As a consequence, these symbols are simply | 
 | 	     discarded.  Complain if this is the case.  */ | 
 | 	  complaint (_("misplaced N_LBRAC entry; discarding local " | 
 | 		       "symbols which have no enclosing block")); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       *get_local_symbols () = cstk.locals; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (get_context_stack_depth () > 1) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* This is not the outermost LBRAC...RBRAC pair in the | 
 | 	     function, its local symbols preceded it, and are the ones | 
 | 	     just recovered from the context stack.  Define the block | 
 | 	     for them (but don't bother if the block contains no | 
 | 	     symbols.  Should we complain on blocks without symbols? | 
 | 	     I can't think of any useful purpose for them).  */ | 
 | 	  if (*get_local_symbols () != NULL) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      /* Muzzle a compiler bug that makes end < start. | 
 |  | 
 | 		 ??? Which compilers?  Is this ever harmful?.  */ | 
 | 	      if (cstk.start_addr > valu) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  complaint (_("block start larger than block end")); | 
 | 		  cstk.start_addr = valu; | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      /* Make a block for the local symbols within.  */ | 
 | 	      finish_block (0, cstk.old_blocks, NULL, | 
 | 			    cstk.start_addr, valu); | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* This is the outermost LBRAC...RBRAC pair.  There is no | 
 | 	     need to do anything; leave the symbols that preceded it | 
 | 	     to be attached to the function's own block.  We need to | 
 | 	     indicate that we just moved outside of the function.  */ | 
 | 	  within_function = 0; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case N_FN: | 
 |     case N_FN_SEQ: | 
 |       /* This kind of symbol indicates the start of an object file. | 
 | 	 Relocate for dynamic loading.  */ | 
 |       section_index = SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile); | 
 |       valu += section_offsets[SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)]; | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case N_SO: | 
 |       /* This type of symbol indicates the start of data for one | 
 | 	 source file.  Finish the symbol table of the previous source | 
 | 	 file (if any) and start accumulating a new symbol table. | 
 | 	 Relocate for dynamic loading.  */ | 
 |       section_index = SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile); | 
 |       valu += section_offsets[SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)]; | 
 |  | 
 |       n_opt_found = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (get_last_source_file ()) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* Check if previous symbol was also an N_SO (with some | 
 | 	     sanity checks).  If so, that one was actually the | 
 | 	     directory name, and the current one is the real file | 
 | 	     name.  Patch things up.  */ | 
 | 	  if (previous_stab_code == (unsigned char) N_SO) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      patch_subfile_names (get_current_subfile (), name); | 
 | 	      break;		/* Ignore repeated SOs.  */ | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  end_compunit_symtab (valu); | 
 | 	  end_stabs (); | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Null name means this just marks the end of text for this .o | 
 | 	 file.  Don't start a new symtab in this case.  */ | 
 |       if (*name == '\000') | 
 | 	break; | 
 |  | 
 |       function_start_offset = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |       start_stabs (); | 
 |       start_compunit_symtab (objfile, name, NULL, valu, language); | 
 |       record_debugformat ("stabs"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case N_SOL: | 
 |       /* This type of symbol indicates the start of data for a | 
 | 	 sub-source-file, one whose contents were copied or included | 
 | 	 in the compilation of the main source file (whose name was | 
 | 	 given in the N_SO symbol).  Relocate for dynamic loading.  */ | 
 |       section_index = SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile); | 
 |       valu += section_offsets[SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)]; | 
 |       start_subfile (name); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case N_BINCL: | 
 |       push_subfile (); | 
 |       add_new_header_file (name, valu, objfile); | 
 |       start_subfile (name); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case N_EINCL: | 
 |       start_subfile (pop_subfile ()); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case N_EXCL: | 
 |       add_old_header_file (name, valu, objfile); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case N_SLINE: | 
 |       /* This type of "symbol" really just records one line-number -- | 
 | 	 core-address correspondence.  Enter it in the line list for | 
 | 	 this symbol table.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Relocate for dynamic loading and for ELF acc | 
 | 	 function-relative symbols.  */ | 
 |       valu += function_start_offset; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* GCC 2.95.3 emits the first N_SLINE stab somewhere in the | 
 | 	 middle of the prologue instead of right at the start of the | 
 | 	 function.  To deal with this we record the address for the | 
 | 	 first N_SLINE stab to be the start of the function instead of | 
 | 	 the listed location.  We really shouldn't to this.  When | 
 | 	 compiling with optimization, this first N_SLINE stab might be | 
 | 	 optimized away.  Other (non-GCC) compilers don't emit this | 
 | 	 stab at all.  There is no real harm in having an extra | 
 | 	 numbered line, although it can be a bit annoying for the | 
 | 	 user.  However, it totally screws up our testsuite. | 
 |  | 
 | 	 So for now, keep adjusting the address of the first N_SLINE | 
 | 	 stab, but only for code compiled with GCC.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       if (within_function && sline_found_in_function == 0) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  CORE_ADDR addr = processing_gcc_compilation == 2 ? | 
 | 			   last_function_start : valu; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  record_line | 
 | 	    (get_current_subfile (), desc, | 
 | 	     unrelocated_addr (gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, addr) | 
 | 			       - objfile->text_section_offset ())); | 
 | 	  sline_found_in_function = 1; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else | 
 | 	record_line | 
 | 	  (get_current_subfile (), desc, | 
 | 	   unrelocated_addr (gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, valu) | 
 | 			     - objfile->text_section_offset ())); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case N_BCOMM: | 
 |       common_block_start (name, objfile); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case N_ECOMM: | 
 |       common_block_end (objfile); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* The following symbol types need to have the appropriate | 
 | 	 offset added to their value; then we process symbol | 
 | 	 definitions in the name.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |     case N_STSYM:		/* Static symbol in data segment.  */ | 
 |     case N_LCSYM:		/* Static symbol in BSS segment.  */ | 
 |     case N_ROSYM:		/* Static symbol in read-only data segment.  */ | 
 |       /* HORRID HACK DEPT.  However, it's Sun's furgin' fault. | 
 | 	 Solaris 2's stabs-in-elf makes *most* symbols relative but | 
 | 	 leaves a few absolute (at least for Solaris 2.1 and version | 
 | 	 2.0.1 of the SunPRO compiler).  N_STSYM and friends sit on | 
 | 	 the fence.  .stab "foo:S...",N_STSYM is absolute (ld | 
 | 	 relocates it) .stab "foo:V...",N_STSYM is relative (section | 
 | 	 base subtracted).  This leaves us no choice but to search for | 
 | 	 the 'S' or 'V'...  (or pass the whole section_offsets stuff | 
 | 	 down ONE MORE function call level, which we really don't want | 
 | 	 to do).  */ | 
 |       { | 
 | 	const char *p; | 
 |  | 
 | 	/* Normal object file and NLMs have non-zero text seg offsets, | 
 | 	   but don't need their static syms offset in this fashion. | 
 | 	   XXX - This is really a crock that should be fixed in the | 
 | 	   solib handling code so that I don't have to work around it | 
 | 	   here.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	if (!key->ctx.symfile_relocatable) | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    p = strchr (name, ':'); | 
 | 	    if (p != 0 && p[1] == 'S') | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		/* The linker relocated it.  We don't want to add a | 
 | 		   Sun-stabs Tfoo.foo-like offset, but we *do* | 
 | 		   want to add whatever solib.c passed to | 
 | 		   symbol_file_add as addr (this is known to affect | 
 | 		   SunOS 4, and I suspect ELF too).  Since there is no | 
 | 		   Ttext.text symbol, we can get addr from the text offset.  */ | 
 | 		section_index = SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile); | 
 | 		valu += section_offsets[SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)]; | 
 | 		goto define_a_symbol; | 
 | 	      } | 
 | 	  } | 
 | 	/* Since it's not the kludge case, re-dispatch to the right | 
 | 	   handler.  */ | 
 | 	switch (type) | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	  case N_STSYM: | 
 | 	    goto case_N_STSYM; | 
 | 	  case N_LCSYM: | 
 | 	    goto case_N_LCSYM; | 
 | 	  case N_ROSYM: | 
 | 	    goto case_N_ROSYM; | 
 | 	  default: | 
 | 	    internal_error (_("failed internal consistency check")); | 
 | 	  } | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |     case_N_STSYM:		/* Static symbol in data segment.  */ | 
 |     case N_DSLINE:		/* Source line number, data segment.  */ | 
 |       section_index = SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile); | 
 |       valu += section_offsets[SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile)]; | 
 |       goto define_a_symbol; | 
 |  | 
 |     case_N_LCSYM:		/* Static symbol in BSS segment.  */ | 
 |     case N_BSLINE:		/* Source line number, BSS segment.  */ | 
 |       /* N_BROWS: overlaps with N_BSLINE.  */ | 
 |       section_index = SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile); | 
 |       valu += section_offsets[SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile)]; | 
 |       goto define_a_symbol; | 
 |  | 
 |     case_N_ROSYM:		/* Static symbol in read-only data segment.  */ | 
 |       section_index = SECT_OFF_RODATA (objfile); | 
 |       valu += section_offsets[SECT_OFF_RODATA (objfile)]; | 
 |       goto define_a_symbol; | 
 |  | 
 |     case N_ENTRY:		/* Alternate entry point.  */ | 
 |       /* Relocate for dynamic loading.  */ | 
 |       section_index = SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile); | 
 |       valu += section_offsets[SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)]; | 
 |       goto define_a_symbol; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* The following symbol types we don't know how to process. | 
 | 	 Handle them in a "default" way, but complain to people who | 
 | 	 care.  */ | 
 |     default: | 
 |     case N_CATCH:		/* Exception handler catcher.  */ | 
 |     case N_EHDECL:		/* Exception handler name.  */ | 
 |     case N_PC:			/* Global symbol in Pascal.  */ | 
 |     case N_M2C:			/* Modula-2 compilation unit.  */ | 
 |       /* N_MOD2: overlaps with N_EHDECL.  */ | 
 |     case N_SCOPE:		/* Modula-2 scope information.  */ | 
 |     case N_ECOML:		/* End common (local name).  */ | 
 |     case N_NBTEXT:		/* Gould Non-Base-Register symbols???  */ | 
 |     case N_NBDATA: | 
 |     case N_NBBSS: | 
 |     case N_NBSTS: | 
 |     case N_NBLCS: | 
 |       unknown_symtype_complaint (hex_string (type)); | 
 |  | 
 |     define_a_symbol: | 
 |       [[fallthrough]]; | 
 |       /* These symbol types don't need the address field relocated, | 
 | 	 since it is either unused, or is absolute.  */ | 
 |     case N_GSYM:		/* Global variable.  */ | 
 |     case N_NSYMS:		/* Number of symbols (Ultrix).  */ | 
 |     case N_NOMAP:		/* No map?  (Ultrix).  */ | 
 |     case N_RSYM:		/* Register variable.  */ | 
 |     case N_DEFD:		/* Modula-2 GNU module dependency.  */ | 
 |     case N_SSYM:		/* Struct or union element.  */ | 
 |     case N_LSYM:		/* Local symbol in stack.  */ | 
 |     case N_PSYM:		/* Parameter variable.  */ | 
 |     case N_LENG:		/* Length of preceding symbol type.  */ | 
 |       if (name) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  int deftype; | 
 | 	  const char *colon_pos = strchr (name, ':'); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (colon_pos == NULL) | 
 | 	    deftype = '\0'; | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    deftype = colon_pos[1]; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  switch (deftype) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	    case 'f': | 
 | 	    case 'F': | 
 | 	      /* Deal with the SunPRO 3.0 compiler which omits the | 
 | 		 address from N_FUN symbols.  */ | 
 | 	      if (type == N_FUN | 
 | 		  && valu == section_offsets[SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)] | 
 | 		  && gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (gdbarch)) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  bound_minimal_symbol minsym | 
 | 		    = find_stab_function (name, get_last_source_file (), | 
 | 					  objfile); | 
 | 		  if (minsym.minsym != NULL) | 
 | 		    valu = minsym.value_address (); | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* These addresses are absolute.  */ | 
 | 	      function_start_offset = valu; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      within_function = 1; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      if (get_context_stack_depth () > 1) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  complaint (_("unmatched N_LBRAC before symtab pos %d"), | 
 | 			     symnum); | 
 | 		  break; | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      if (!outermost_context_p ()) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  struct block *block; | 
 |  | 
 | 		  cstk = pop_context (); | 
 | 		  /* Make a block for the local symbols within.  */ | 
 | 		  block = finish_block (cstk.name, | 
 | 					cstk.old_blocks, NULL, | 
 | 					cstk.start_addr, valu); | 
 |  | 
 | 		  /* For C++, set the block's scope.  */ | 
 | 		  if (cstk.name->language () == language_cplus) | 
 | 		    cp_set_block_scope (cstk.name, block, | 
 | 					&objfile->objfile_obstack); | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      newobj = push_context (0, valu); | 
 | 	      newobj->name = define_symbol (valu, name, desc, type, objfile); | 
 | 	      if (newobj->name != nullptr) | 
 | 		newobj->name->set_section_index (section_index); | 
 | 	      break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    default: | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		struct symbol *sym = define_symbol (valu, name, desc, type, | 
 | 						    objfile); | 
 | 		if (sym != nullptr) | 
 | 		  sym->set_section_index (section_index); | 
 | 	      } | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* We use N_OPT to carry the gcc2_compiled flag.  Sun uses it | 
 | 	 for a bunch of other flags, too.  Someday we may parse their | 
 | 	 flags; for now we ignore theirs and hope they'll ignore ours.  */ | 
 |     case N_OPT:			/* Solaris 2: Compiler options.  */ | 
 |       if (name) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  if (strcmp (name, GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL) == 0) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      processing_gcc_compilation = 2; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    n_opt_found = 1; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case N_MAIN:		/* Name of main routine.  */ | 
 |       /* FIXME: If one has a symbol file with N_MAIN and then replaces | 
 | 	 it with a symbol file with "main" and without N_MAIN.  I'm | 
 | 	 not sure exactly what rule to follow but probably something | 
 | 	 like: N_MAIN takes precedence over "main" no matter what | 
 | 	 objfile it is in; If there is more than one N_MAIN, choose | 
 | 	 the one in the symfile_objfile; If there is more than one | 
 | 	 N_MAIN within a given objfile, complain() and choose | 
 | 	 arbitrarily.  (kingdon) */ | 
 |       if (name != NULL) | 
 | 	set_objfile_main_name (objfile, name, language_unknown); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* The following symbol types can be ignored.  */ | 
 |     case N_OBJ:			/* Solaris 2: Object file dir and name.  */ | 
 |     case N_PATCH:		/* Solaris 2: Patch Run Time Checker.  */ | 
 |       /* N_UNDF:                   Solaris 2: File separator mark.  */ | 
 |       /* N_UNDF: -- we will never encounter it, since we only process | 
 | 	 one file's symbols at once.  */ | 
 |     case N_ENDM:		/* Solaris 2: End of module.  */ | 
 |     case N_ALIAS:		/* SunPro F77: alias name, ignore for now.  */ | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* '#' is a GNU C extension to allow one symbol to refer to another | 
 |      related symbol. | 
 |  | 
 |      Generally this is used so that an alias can refer to its main | 
 |      symbol.  */ | 
 |   gdb_assert (name); | 
 |   if (name[0] == '#') | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Initialize symbol reference names and determine if this is a | 
 | 	 definition.  If a symbol reference is being defined, go ahead | 
 | 	 and add it.  Otherwise, just return.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       const char *s = name; | 
 |       int refnum; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* If this stab defines a new reference ID that is not on the | 
 | 	 reference list, then put it on the reference list. | 
 |  | 
 | 	 We go ahead and advance NAME past the reference, even though | 
 | 	 it is not strictly necessary at this time.  */ | 
 |       refnum = symbol_reference_defined (&s); | 
 |       if (refnum >= 0) | 
 | 	if (!ref_search (refnum)) | 
 | 	  ref_add (refnum, 0, name, valu); | 
 |       name = s; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   previous_stab_code = type; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | #define VISIBILITY_PRIVATE	'0'	/* Stabs character for private field */ | 
 | #define VISIBILITY_PROTECTED	'1'	/* Stabs character for protected fld */ | 
 | #define VISIBILITY_PUBLIC	'2'	/* Stabs character for public field */ | 
 | #define VISIBILITY_IGNORE	'9'	/* Optimized out or zero length */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* Structure for storing pointers to reference definitions for fast lookup  | 
 |    during "process_later".  */ | 
 |  | 
 | struct ref_map | 
 | { | 
 |   const char *stabs; | 
 |   CORE_ADDR value; | 
 |   struct symbol *sym; | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | #define MAX_CHUNK_REFS 100 | 
 | #define REF_CHUNK_SIZE (MAX_CHUNK_REFS * sizeof (struct ref_map)) | 
 | #define REF_MAP_SIZE(ref_chunk) ((ref_chunk) * REF_CHUNK_SIZE) | 
 |  | 
 | static struct ref_map *ref_map; | 
 |  | 
 | /* Ptr to free cell in chunk's linked list.  */ | 
 | static int ref_count = 0; | 
 |  | 
 | /* Number of chunks malloced.  */ | 
 | static int ref_chunk = 0; | 
 |  | 
 | /* This file maintains a cache of stabs aliases found in the symbol | 
 |    table.  If the symbol table changes, this cache must be cleared | 
 |    or we are left holding onto data in invalid obstacks.  */ | 
 | void | 
 | stabsread_clear_cache (void) | 
 | { | 
 |   ref_count = 0; | 
 |   ref_chunk = 0; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Create array of pointers mapping refids to symbols and stab strings. | 
 |    Add pointers to reference definition symbols and/or their values as we  | 
 |    find them, using their reference numbers as our index. | 
 |    These will be used later when we resolve references.  */ | 
 | void | 
 | ref_add (int refnum, struct symbol *sym, const char *stabs, CORE_ADDR value) | 
 | { | 
 |   if (ref_count == 0) | 
 |     ref_chunk = 0; | 
 |   if (refnum >= ref_count) | 
 |     ref_count = refnum + 1; | 
 |   if (ref_count > ref_chunk * MAX_CHUNK_REFS) | 
 |     { | 
 |       int new_slots = ref_count - ref_chunk * MAX_CHUNK_REFS; | 
 |       int new_chunks = new_slots / MAX_CHUNK_REFS + 1; | 
 |  | 
 |       ref_map = (struct ref_map *) | 
 | 	xrealloc (ref_map, REF_MAP_SIZE (ref_chunk + new_chunks)); | 
 |       memset (ref_map + ref_chunk * MAX_CHUNK_REFS, 0,  | 
 | 	      new_chunks * REF_CHUNK_SIZE); | 
 |       ref_chunk += new_chunks; | 
 |     } | 
 |   ref_map[refnum].stabs = stabs; | 
 |   ref_map[refnum].sym = sym; | 
 |   ref_map[refnum].value = value; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Return defined sym for the reference REFNUM.  */ | 
 | struct symbol * | 
 | ref_search (int refnum) | 
 | { | 
 |   if (refnum < 0 || refnum > ref_count) | 
 |     return 0; | 
 |   return ref_map[refnum].sym; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Parse a reference id in STRING and return the resulting | 
 |    reference number.  Move STRING beyond the reference id.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static int | 
 | process_reference (const char **string) | 
 | { | 
 |   const char *p; | 
 |   int refnum = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (**string != '#') | 
 |     return 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Advance beyond the initial '#'.  */ | 
 |   p = *string + 1; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Read number as reference id.  */ | 
 |   while (*p && isdigit (*p)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       refnum = refnum * 10 + *p - '0'; | 
 |       p++; | 
 |     } | 
 |   *string = p; | 
 |   return refnum; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* If STRING defines a reference, store away a pointer to the reference  | 
 |    definition for later use.  Return the reference number.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | int | 
 | symbol_reference_defined (const char **string) | 
 | { | 
 |   const char *p = *string; | 
 |   int refnum = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   refnum = process_reference (&p); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Defining symbols end in '='.  */ | 
 |   if (*p == '=') | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Symbol is being defined here.  */ | 
 |       *string = p + 1; | 
 |       return refnum; | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Must be a reference.  Either the symbol has already been defined, | 
 | 	 or this is a forward reference to it.  */ | 
 |       *string = p; | 
 |       return -1; | 
 |     } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static int | 
 | stab_reg_to_regnum (struct symbol *sym, struct gdbarch *gdbarch) | 
 | { | 
 |   int regno = gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum (gdbarch, sym->value_longest ()); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (regno < 0 || regno >= gdbarch_num_cooked_regs (gdbarch)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       reg_value_complaint (regno, gdbarch_num_cooked_regs (gdbarch), | 
 | 			   sym->print_name ()); | 
 |  | 
 |       regno = gdbarch_sp_regnum (gdbarch); /* Known safe, though useless.  */ | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return regno; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static const struct symbol_register_ops stab_register_funcs = { | 
 |   stab_reg_to_regnum | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* The "aclass" indices for computed symbols.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static int stab_register_index; | 
 | static int stab_regparm_index; | 
 |  | 
 | struct symbol * | 
 | define_symbol (CORE_ADDR valu, const char *string, int desc, int type, | 
 | 	       struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct gdbarch *gdbarch = objfile->arch (); | 
 |   struct symbol *sym; | 
 |   const char *p = find_name_end (string); | 
 |   int deftype; | 
 |   int synonym = 0; | 
 |   int i; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* We would like to eliminate nameless symbols, but keep their types. | 
 |      E.g. stab entry ":t10=*2" should produce a type 10, which is a pointer | 
 |      to type 2, but, should not create a symbol to address that type.  Since | 
 |      the symbol will be nameless, there is no way any user can refer to it.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   int nameless; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Ignore syms with empty names.  */ | 
 |   if (string[0] == 0) | 
 |     return 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Ignore old-style symbols from cc -go.  */ | 
 |   if (p == 0) | 
 |     return 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   while (p[1] == ':') | 
 |     { | 
 |       p += 2; | 
 |       p = strchr (p, ':'); | 
 |       if (p == NULL) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  complaint ( | 
 | 		     _("Bad stabs string '%s'"), string); | 
 | 	  return NULL; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* If a nameless stab entry, all we need is the type, not the symbol. | 
 |      e.g. ":t10=*2" or a nameless enum like " :T16=ered:0,green:1,blue:2,;" */ | 
 |   nameless = (p == string || ((string[0] == ' ') && (string[1] == ':'))); | 
 |  | 
 |   current_symbol = sym = new (&objfile->objfile_obstack) symbol; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (processing_gcc_compilation) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* GCC 2.x puts the line number in desc.  SunOS apparently puts in the | 
 | 	 number of bytes occupied by a type or object, which we ignore.  */ | 
 |       sym->set_line (desc); | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       sym->set_line (0);	/* unknown */ | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   sym->set_language (get_current_subfile ()->language, | 
 | 		     &objfile->objfile_obstack); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (is_cplus_marker (string[0])) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Special GNU C++ names.  */ | 
 |       switch (string[1]) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	case 't': | 
 | 	  sym->set_linkage_name ("this"); | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case 'v':		/* $vtbl_ptr_type */ | 
 | 	  goto normal; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case 'e': | 
 | 	  sym->set_linkage_name ("eh_throw"); | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case '_': | 
 | 	  /* This was an anonymous type that was never fixed up.  */ | 
 | 	  goto normal; | 
 |  | 
 | 	default: | 
 | 	  complaint (_("Unknown C++ symbol name `%s'"), | 
 | 		     string); | 
 | 	  goto normal;		/* Do *something* with it.  */ | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |     normal: | 
 |       gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> new_name; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (sym->language () == language_cplus) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  std::string name (string, p - string); | 
 | 	  new_name = cp_canonicalize_string (name.c_str ()); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else if (sym->language () == language_c) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  std::string name (string, p - string); | 
 | 	  new_name = c_canonicalize_name (name.c_str ()); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       if (new_name != nullptr) | 
 | 	sym->compute_and_set_names (new_name.get (), true, objfile->per_bfd); | 
 |       else | 
 | 	sym->compute_and_set_names (std::string_view (string, p - string), true, | 
 | 				    objfile->per_bfd); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (sym->language () == language_cplus) | 
 | 	cp_scan_for_anonymous_namespaces (get_buildsym_compunit (), sym, | 
 | 					  objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |     } | 
 |   p++; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Determine the type of name being defined.  */ | 
 | #if 0 | 
 |   /* Getting GDB to correctly skip the symbol on an undefined symbol | 
 |      descriptor and not ever dump core is a very dodgy proposition if | 
 |      we do things this way.  I say the acorn RISC machine can just | 
 |      fix their compiler.  */ | 
 |   /* The Acorn RISC machine's compiler can put out locals that don't | 
 |      start with "234=" or "(3,4)=", so assume anything other than the | 
 |      deftypes we know how to handle is a local.  */ | 
 |   if (!strchr ("cfFGpPrStTvVXCR", *p)) | 
 | #else | 
 |   if (isdigit (*p) || *p == '(' || *p == '-') | 
 | #endif | 
 |     deftype = 'l'; | 
 |   else | 
 |     deftype = *p++; | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (deftype) | 
 |     { | 
 |     case 'c': | 
 |       /* c is a special case, not followed by a type-number. | 
 | 	 SYMBOL:c=iVALUE for an integer constant symbol. | 
 | 	 SYMBOL:c=rVALUE for a floating constant symbol. | 
 | 	 SYMBOL:c=eTYPE,INTVALUE for an enum constant symbol. | 
 | 	 e.g. "b:c=e6,0" for "const b = blob1" | 
 | 	 (where type 6 is defined by "blobs:t6=eblob1:0,blob2:1,;").  */ | 
 |       if (*p != '=') | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_CONST); | 
 | 	  sym->set_type (error_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 | 	  sym->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN); | 
 | 	  add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_file_symbols ()); | 
 | 	  return sym; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       ++p; | 
 |       switch (*p++) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	case 'r': | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    gdb_byte *dbl_valu; | 
 | 	    struct type *dbl_type; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    dbl_type = builtin_type (objfile)->builtin_double; | 
 | 	    dbl_valu | 
 | 	      = (gdb_byte *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, | 
 | 					    dbl_type->length ()); | 
 |  | 
 | 	    target_float_from_string (dbl_valu, dbl_type, std::string (p)); | 
 |  | 
 | 	    sym->set_type (dbl_type); | 
 | 	    sym->set_value_bytes (dbl_valu); | 
 | 	    sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_CONST_BYTES); | 
 | 	  } | 
 | 	  break; | 
 | 	case 'i': | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    /* Defining integer constants this way is kind of silly, | 
 | 	       since 'e' constants allows the compiler to give not | 
 | 	       only the value, but the type as well.  C has at least | 
 | 	       int, long, unsigned int, and long long as constant | 
 | 	       types; other languages probably should have at least | 
 | 	       unsigned as well as signed constants.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	    sym->set_type (builtin_type (objfile)->builtin_long); | 
 | 	    sym->set_value_longest (atoi (p)); | 
 | 	    sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_CONST); | 
 | 	  } | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case 'c': | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    sym->set_type (builtin_type (objfile)->builtin_char); | 
 | 	    sym->set_value_longest (atoi (p)); | 
 | 	    sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_CONST); | 
 | 	  } | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case 's': | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    struct type *range_type; | 
 | 	    int ind = 0; | 
 | 	    char quote = *p++; | 
 | 	    gdb_byte *string_local = (gdb_byte *) alloca (strlen (p)); | 
 | 	    gdb_byte *string_value; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    if (quote != '\'' && quote != '"') | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_CONST); | 
 | 		sym->set_type (error_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 | 		sym->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN); | 
 | 		add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_file_symbols ()); | 
 | 		return sym; | 
 | 	      } | 
 |  | 
 | 	    /* Find matching quote, rejecting escaped quotes.  */ | 
 | 	    while (*p && *p != quote) | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		if (*p == '\\' && p[1] == quote) | 
 | 		  { | 
 | 		    string_local[ind] = (gdb_byte) quote; | 
 | 		    ind++; | 
 | 		    p += 2; | 
 | 		  } | 
 | 		else if (*p)  | 
 | 		  { | 
 | 		    string_local[ind] = (gdb_byte) (*p); | 
 | 		    ind++; | 
 | 		    p++; | 
 | 		  } | 
 | 	      } | 
 | 	    if (*p != quote) | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_CONST); | 
 | 		sym->set_type (error_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 | 		sym->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN); | 
 | 		add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_file_symbols ()); | 
 | 		return sym; | 
 | 	      } | 
 |  | 
 | 	    /* NULL terminate the string.  */ | 
 | 	    string_local[ind] = 0; | 
 | 	    type_allocator alloc (objfile, get_current_subfile ()->language); | 
 | 	    range_type | 
 | 	      = create_static_range_type (alloc, | 
 | 					  builtin_type (objfile)->builtin_int, | 
 | 					  0, ind); | 
 | 	    sym->set_type | 
 | 	      (create_array_type (alloc, builtin_type (objfile)->builtin_char, | 
 | 				  range_type)); | 
 | 	    string_value | 
 | 	      = (gdb_byte *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, ind + 1); | 
 | 	    memcpy (string_value, string_local, ind + 1); | 
 | 	    p++; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    sym->set_value_bytes (string_value); | 
 | 	    sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_CONST_BYTES); | 
 | 	  } | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case 'e': | 
 | 	  /* SYMBOL:c=eTYPE,INTVALUE for a constant symbol whose value | 
 | 	     can be represented as integral. | 
 | 	     e.g. "b:c=e6,0" for "const b = blob1" | 
 | 	     (where type 6 is defined by "blobs:t6=eblob1:0,blob2:1,;").  */ | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_CONST); | 
 | 	    sym->set_type (read_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 |  | 
 | 	    if (*p != ',') | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		sym->set_type (error_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 | 		break; | 
 | 	      } | 
 | 	    ++p; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    /* If the value is too big to fit in an int (perhaps because | 
 | 	       it is unsigned), or something like that, we silently get | 
 | 	       a bogus value.  The type and everything else about it is | 
 | 	       correct.  Ideally, we should be using whatever we have | 
 | 	       available for parsing unsigned and long long values, | 
 | 	       however.  */ | 
 | 	    sym->set_value_longest (atoi (p)); | 
 | 	  } | 
 | 	  break; | 
 | 	default: | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_CONST); | 
 | 	    sym->set_type (error_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 | 	  } | 
 | 	} | 
 |       sym->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN); | 
 |       add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_file_symbols ()); | 
 |       return sym; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'C': | 
 |       /* The name of a caught exception.  */ | 
 |       sym->set_type (read_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 |       sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_LABEL); | 
 |       sym->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN); | 
 |       sym->set_value_address (valu); | 
 |       add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_local_symbols ()); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'f': | 
 |       /* A static function definition.  */ | 
 |       sym->set_type (read_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 |       sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_BLOCK); | 
 |       sym->set_domain (FUNCTION_DOMAIN); | 
 |       add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_file_symbols ()); | 
 |       /* fall into process_function_types.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |     process_function_types: | 
 |       /* Function result types are described as the result type in stabs. | 
 | 	 We need to convert this to the function-returning-type-X type | 
 | 	 in GDB.  E.g. "int" is converted to "function returning int".  */ | 
 |       if (sym->type ()->code () != TYPE_CODE_FUNC) | 
 | 	sym->set_type (lookup_function_type (sym->type ())); | 
 |  | 
 |       /* All functions in C++ have prototypes.  Stabs does not offer an | 
 | 	 explicit way to identify prototyped or unprototyped functions, | 
 | 	 but both GCC and Sun CC emit stabs for the "call-as" type rather | 
 | 	 than the "declared-as" type for unprototyped functions, so | 
 | 	 we treat all functions as if they were prototyped.  This is used | 
 | 	 primarily for promotion when calling the function from GDB.  */ | 
 |       sym->type ()->set_is_prototyped (true); | 
 |  | 
 |       /* fall into process_prototype_types.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |     process_prototype_types: | 
 |       /* Sun acc puts declared types of arguments here.  */ | 
 |       if (*p == ';') | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  struct type *ftype = sym->type (); | 
 | 	  int nsemi = 0; | 
 | 	  int nparams = 0; | 
 | 	  const char *p1 = p; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Obtain a worst case guess for the number of arguments | 
 | 	     by counting the semicolons.  */ | 
 | 	  while (*p1) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      if (*p1++ == ';') | 
 | 		nsemi++; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Allocate parameter information fields and fill them in.  */ | 
 | 	  ftype->alloc_fields (nsemi); | 
 | 	  while (*p++ == ';') | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      struct type *ptype; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* A type number of zero indicates the start of varargs. | 
 | 		 FIXME: GDB currently ignores vararg functions.  */ | 
 | 	      if (p[0] == '0' && p[1] == '\0') | 
 | 		break; | 
 | 	      ptype = read_type (&p, objfile); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* The Sun compilers mark integer arguments, which should | 
 | 		 be promoted to the width of the calling conventions, with | 
 | 		 a type which references itself.  This type is turned into | 
 | 		 a TYPE_CODE_VOID type by read_type, and we have to turn | 
 | 		 it back into builtin_int here. | 
 | 		 FIXME: Do we need a new builtin_promoted_int_arg ?  */ | 
 | 	      if (ptype->code () == TYPE_CODE_VOID) | 
 | 		ptype = builtin_type (objfile)->builtin_int; | 
 | 	      ftype->field (nparams).set_type (ptype); | 
 | 	      ftype->field (nparams).set_is_artificial (false); | 
 | 	      nparams++; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  ftype->set_num_fields (nparams); | 
 | 	  ftype->set_is_prototyped (true); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'F': | 
 |       /* A global function definition.  */ | 
 |       sym->set_type (read_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 |       sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_BLOCK); | 
 |       sym->set_domain (FUNCTION_DOMAIN); | 
 |       add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_global_symbols ()); | 
 |       goto process_function_types; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'G': | 
 |       /* For a class G (global) symbol, it appears that the | 
 | 	 value is not correct.  It is necessary to search for the | 
 | 	 corresponding linker definition to find the value. | 
 | 	 These definitions appear at the end of the namelist.  */ | 
 |       sym->set_type (read_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 |       sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_STATIC); | 
 |       sym->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN); | 
 |       /* Don't add symbol references to global_sym_chain. | 
 | 	 Symbol references don't have valid names and wont't match up with | 
 | 	 minimal symbols when the global_sym_chain is relocated. | 
 | 	 We'll fixup symbol references when we fixup the defining symbol.  */ | 
 |       if (sym->linkage_name () && sym->linkage_name ()[0] != '#') | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  i = hashname (sym->linkage_name ()); | 
 | 	  sym->set_value_chain (global_sym_chain[i]); | 
 | 	  global_sym_chain[i] = sym; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_global_symbols ()); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* This case is faked by a conditional above, | 
 | 	 when there is no code letter in the dbx data. | 
 | 	 Dbx data never actually contains 'l'.  */ | 
 |     case 's': | 
 |     case 'l': | 
 |       sym->set_type (read_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 |       sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_LOCAL); | 
 |       sym->set_value_longest (valu); | 
 |       sym->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN); | 
 |       add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_local_symbols ()); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'p': | 
 |       if (*p == 'F') | 
 | 	/* pF is a two-letter code that means a function parameter in Fortran. | 
 | 	   The type-number specifies the type of the return value. | 
 | 	   Translate it into a pointer-to-function type.  */ | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  p++; | 
 | 	  sym->set_type | 
 | 	    (lookup_pointer_type | 
 | 	       (lookup_function_type (read_type (&p, objfile)))); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else | 
 | 	sym->set_type (read_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 |  | 
 |       sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_ARG); | 
 |       sym->set_value_longest (valu); | 
 |       sym->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN); | 
 |       sym->set_is_argument (1); | 
 |       add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_local_symbols ()); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (gdbarch_byte_order (gdbarch) != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* On little-endian machines, this crud is never necessary, | 
 | 	     and, if the extra bytes contain garbage, is harmful.  */ | 
 | 	  break; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* If it's gcc-compiled, if it says `short', believe it.  */ | 
 |       if (processing_gcc_compilation | 
 | 	  || gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion (gdbarch)) | 
 | 	break; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (!gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion (gdbarch)) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* If PCC says a parameter is a short or a char, it is | 
 | 	     really an int.  */ | 
 | 	  if (sym->type ()->length () | 
 | 	      < gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT | 
 | 	      && sym->type ()->code () == TYPE_CODE_INT) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      sym->set_type | 
 | 		(sym->type ()->is_unsigned () | 
 | 		 ? builtin_type (objfile)->builtin_unsigned_int | 
 | 		 : builtin_type (objfile)->builtin_int); | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  break; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       [[fallthrough]]; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'P': | 
 |       /* acc seems to use P to declare the prototypes of functions that | 
 | 	 are referenced by this file.  gdb is not prepared to deal | 
 | 	 with this extra information.  FIXME, it ought to.  */ | 
 |       if (type == N_FUN) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  sym->set_type (read_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 | 	  goto process_prototype_types; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       [[fallthrough]]; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'R': | 
 |       /* Parameter which is in a register.  */ | 
 |       sym->set_type (read_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 |       sym->set_aclass_index (stab_register_index); | 
 |       sym->set_is_argument (1); | 
 |       sym->set_value_longest (valu); | 
 |       sym->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN); | 
 |       add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_local_symbols ()); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'r': | 
 |       /* Register variable (either global or local).  */ | 
 |       sym->set_type (read_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 |       sym->set_aclass_index (stab_register_index); | 
 |       sym->set_value_longest (valu); | 
 |       sym->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN); | 
 |       if (within_function) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* Sun cc uses a pair of symbols, one 'p' and one 'r', with | 
 | 	     the same name to represent an argument passed in a | 
 | 	     register.  GCC uses 'P' for the same case.  So if we find | 
 | 	     such a symbol pair we combine it into one 'P' symbol. | 
 | 	     For Sun cc we need to do this regardless of stabs_argument_has_addr, because the compiler puts out | 
 | 	     the 'p' symbol even if it never saves the argument onto | 
 | 	     the stack. | 
 |  | 
 | 	     On most machines, we want to preserve both symbols, so | 
 | 	     that we can still get information about what is going on | 
 | 	     with the stack (VAX for computing args_printed, using | 
 | 	     stack slots instead of saved registers in backtraces, | 
 | 	     etc.). | 
 |  | 
 | 	     Note that this code illegally combines | 
 | 	     main(argc) struct foo argc; { register struct foo argc; } | 
 | 	     but this case is considered pathological and causes a warning | 
 | 	     from a decent compiler.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	  struct pending *local_symbols = *get_local_symbols (); | 
 | 	  if (local_symbols | 
 | 	      && local_symbols->nsyms > 0 | 
 | 	      && gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr (gdbarch, sym->type ())) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      struct symbol *prev_sym; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      prev_sym = local_symbols->symbol[local_symbols->nsyms - 1]; | 
 | 	      if ((prev_sym->aclass () == LOC_REF_ARG | 
 | 		   || prev_sym->aclass () == LOC_ARG) | 
 | 		  && strcmp (prev_sym->linkage_name (), | 
 | 			     sym->linkage_name ()) == 0) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  prev_sym->set_aclass_index (stab_register_index); | 
 | 		  /* Use the type from the LOC_REGISTER; that is the type | 
 | 		     that is actually in that register.  */ | 
 | 		  prev_sym->set_type (sym->type ()); | 
 | 		  prev_sym->set_value_longest (sym->value_longest ()); | 
 | 		  sym = prev_sym; | 
 | 		  break; | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_local_symbols ()); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else | 
 | 	add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_file_symbols ()); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'S': | 
 |       /* Static symbol at top level of file.  */ | 
 |       sym->set_type (read_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 |       sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_STATIC); | 
 |       sym->set_value_address (valu); | 
 |       sym->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN); | 
 |       add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_file_symbols ()); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 't': | 
 |       /* In Ada, there is no distinction between typedef and non-typedef; | 
 | 	 any type declaration implicitly has the equivalent of a typedef, | 
 | 	 and thus 't' is in fact equivalent to 'Tt'. | 
 |  | 
 | 	 Therefore, for Ada units, we check the character immediately | 
 | 	 before the 't', and if we do not find a 'T', then make sure to | 
 | 	 create the associated symbol in the STRUCT_DOMAIN ('t' definitions | 
 | 	 will be stored in the VAR_DOMAIN).  If the symbol was indeed | 
 | 	 defined as 'Tt' then the STRUCT_DOMAIN symbol will be created | 
 | 	 elsewhere, so we don't need to take care of that. | 
 | 	  | 
 | 	 This is important to do, because of forward references: | 
 | 	 The cleanup of undefined types stored in undef_types only uses | 
 | 	 STRUCT_DOMAIN symbols to perform the replacement.  */ | 
 |       synonym = (sym->language () == language_ada && p[-2] != 'T'); | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Typedef */ | 
 |       sym->set_type (read_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 |  | 
 |       /* For a nameless type, we don't want a create a symbol, thus we | 
 | 	 did not use `sym'.  Return without further processing.  */ | 
 |       if (nameless) | 
 | 	return NULL; | 
 |  | 
 |       sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_TYPEDEF); | 
 |       sym->set_value_longest (valu); | 
 |       sym->set_domain (TYPE_DOMAIN); | 
 |       /* C++ vagaries: we may have a type which is derived from | 
 | 	 a base type which did not have its name defined when the | 
 | 	 derived class was output.  We fill in the derived class's | 
 | 	 base part member's name here in that case.  */ | 
 |       if (sym->type ()->name () != NULL) | 
 | 	if ((sym->type ()->code () == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT | 
 | 	     || sym->type ()->code () == TYPE_CODE_UNION) | 
 | 	    && TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (sym->type ())) | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    int j; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    for (j = TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (sym->type ()) - 1; j >= 0; j--) | 
 | 	      if (TYPE_BASECLASS_NAME (sym->type (), j) == 0) | 
 | 		sym->type ()->field (j).set_name | 
 | 		  (TYPE_BASECLASS (sym->type (), j)->name ()); | 
 | 	  } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (sym->type ()->name () == NULL) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  if ((sym->type ()->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR | 
 | 	       && strcmp (sym->linkage_name (), vtbl_ptr_name)) | 
 | 	      || sym->type ()->code () == TYPE_CODE_FUNC) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      /* If we are giving a name to a type such as "pointer to | 
 | 		 foo" or "function returning foo", we better not set | 
 | 		 the TYPE_NAME.  If the program contains "typedef char | 
 | 		 *caddr_t;", we don't want all variables of type char | 
 | 		 * to print as caddr_t.  This is not just a | 
 | 		 consequence of GDB's type management; PCC and GCC (at | 
 | 		 least through version 2.4) both output variables of | 
 | 		 either type char * or caddr_t with the type number | 
 | 		 defined in the 't' symbol for caddr_t.  If a future | 
 | 		 compiler cleans this up it GDB is not ready for it | 
 | 		 yet, but if it becomes ready we somehow need to | 
 | 		 disable this check (without breaking the PCC/GCC2.4 | 
 | 		 case). | 
 |  | 
 | 		 Sigh. | 
 |  | 
 | 		 Fortunately, this check seems not to be necessary | 
 | 		 for anything except pointers or functions.  */ | 
 | 	      /* ezannoni: 2000-10-26.  This seems to apply for | 
 | 		 versions of gcc older than 2.8.  This was the original | 
 | 		 problem: with the following code gdb would tell that | 
 | 		 the type for name1 is caddr_t, and func is char(). | 
 |  | 
 | 		 typedef char *caddr_t; | 
 | 		 char *name2; | 
 | 		 struct x | 
 | 		 { | 
 | 		   char *name1; | 
 | 		 } xx; | 
 | 		 char *func() | 
 | 		 { | 
 | 		 } | 
 | 		 main () {} | 
 | 		 */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* Pascal accepts names for pointer types.  */ | 
 | 	      if (get_current_subfile ()->language == language_pascal) | 
 | 		sym->type ()->set_name (sym->linkage_name ()); | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    sym->type ()->set_name (sym->linkage_name ()); | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_file_symbols ()); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (synonym) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* Create the STRUCT_DOMAIN clone.  */ | 
 | 	  struct symbol *struct_sym = new (&objfile->objfile_obstack) symbol; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  *struct_sym = *sym; | 
 | 	  struct_sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_TYPEDEF); | 
 | 	  struct_sym->set_value_longest (valu); | 
 | 	  struct_sym->set_domain (STRUCT_DOMAIN); | 
 | 	  if (sym->type ()->name () == 0) | 
 | 	    sym->type ()->set_name | 
 | 	      (obconcat (&objfile->objfile_obstack, sym->linkage_name (), | 
 | 			 (char *) NULL)); | 
 | 	  add_symbol_to_list (struct_sym, get_file_symbols ()); | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'T': | 
 |       /* Struct, union, or enum tag.  For GNU C++, this can be be followed | 
 | 	 by 't' which means we are typedef'ing it as well.  */ | 
 |       synonym = *p == 't'; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (synonym) | 
 | 	p++; | 
 |  | 
 |       sym->set_type (read_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 |   | 
 |       /* For a nameless type, we don't want a create a symbol, thus we | 
 | 	 did not use `sym'.  Return without further processing.  */ | 
 |       if (nameless) | 
 | 	return NULL; | 
 |  | 
 |       sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_TYPEDEF); | 
 |       sym->set_value_longest (valu); | 
 |       sym->set_domain (STRUCT_DOMAIN); | 
 |       if (sym->type ()->name () == 0) | 
 | 	sym->type ()->set_name | 
 | 	  (obconcat (&objfile->objfile_obstack, sym->linkage_name (), | 
 | 		     (char *) NULL)); | 
 |       add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_file_symbols ()); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (synonym) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* Clone the sym and then modify it.  */ | 
 | 	  struct symbol *typedef_sym = new (&objfile->objfile_obstack) symbol; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  *typedef_sym = *sym; | 
 | 	  typedef_sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_TYPEDEF); | 
 | 	  typedef_sym->set_value_longest (valu); | 
 | 	  typedef_sym->set_domain (TYPE_DOMAIN); | 
 | 	  if (sym->type ()->name () == 0) | 
 | 	    sym->type ()->set_name | 
 | 	      (obconcat (&objfile->objfile_obstack, sym->linkage_name (), | 
 | 			 (char *) NULL)); | 
 | 	  add_symbol_to_list (typedef_sym, get_file_symbols ()); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'V': | 
 |       /* Static symbol of local scope.  */ | 
 |       sym->set_type (read_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 |       sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_STATIC); | 
 |       sym->set_value_address (valu); | 
 |       sym->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN); | 
 |       add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_local_symbols ()); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'v': | 
 |       /* Reference parameter */ | 
 |       sym->set_type (read_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 |       sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_REF_ARG); | 
 |       sym->set_is_argument (1); | 
 |       sym->set_value_longest (valu); | 
 |       sym->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN); | 
 |       add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_local_symbols ()); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'a': | 
 |       /* Reference parameter which is in a register.  */ | 
 |       sym->set_type (read_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 |       sym->set_aclass_index (stab_regparm_index); | 
 |       sym->set_is_argument (1); | 
 |       sym->set_value_longest (valu); | 
 |       sym->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN); | 
 |       add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_local_symbols ()); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'X': | 
 |       /* This is used by Sun FORTRAN for "function result value". | 
 | 	 Sun claims ("dbx and dbxtool interfaces", 2nd ed) | 
 | 	 that Pascal uses it too, but when I tried it Pascal used | 
 | 	 "x:3" (local symbol) instead.  */ | 
 |       sym->set_type (read_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 |       sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_LOCAL); | 
 |       sym->set_value_longest (valu); | 
 |       sym->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN); | 
 |       add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_local_symbols ()); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     default: | 
 |       sym->set_type (error_type (&p, objfile)); | 
 |       sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_CONST); | 
 |       sym->set_value_longest (0); | 
 |       sym->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN); | 
 |       add_symbol_to_list (sym, get_file_symbols ()); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Some systems pass variables of certain types by reference instead | 
 |      of by value, i.e. they will pass the address of a structure (in a | 
 |      register or on the stack) instead of the structure itself.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   if (gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr (gdbarch, sym->type ()) | 
 |       && sym->is_argument ()) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* We have to convert LOC_REGISTER to LOC_REGPARM_ADDR (for | 
 | 	 variables passed in a register).  */ | 
 |       if (sym->aclass () == LOC_REGISTER) | 
 | 	sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_REGPARM_ADDR); | 
 |       /* Likewise for converting LOC_ARG to LOC_REF_ARG (for the 7th | 
 | 	 and subsequent arguments on SPARC, for example).  */ | 
 |       else if (sym->aclass () == LOC_ARG) | 
 | 	sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_REF_ARG); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return sym; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Skip rest of this symbol and return an error type. | 
 |  | 
 |    General notes on error recovery:  error_type always skips to the | 
 |    end of the symbol (modulo cretinous dbx symbol name continuation). | 
 |    Thus code like this: | 
 |  | 
 |    if (*(*pp)++ != ';') | 
 |    return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |    is wrong because if *pp starts out pointing at '\0' (typically as the | 
 |    result of an earlier error), it will be incremented to point to the | 
 |    start of the next symbol, which might produce strange results, at least | 
 |    if you run off the end of the string table.  Instead use | 
 |  | 
 |    if (**pp != ';') | 
 |    return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |    ++*pp; | 
 |  | 
 |    or | 
 |  | 
 |    if (**pp != ';') | 
 |    foo = error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |    else | 
 |    ++*pp; | 
 |  | 
 |    And in case it isn't obvious, the point of all this hair is so the compiler | 
 |    can define new types and new syntaxes, and old versions of the | 
 |    debugger will be able to read the new symbol tables.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type * | 
 | error_type (const char **pp, struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   complaint (_("couldn't parse type; debugger out of date?")); | 
 |   while (1) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Skip to end of symbol.  */ | 
 |       while (**pp != '\0') | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  (*pp)++; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Check for and handle cretinous dbx symbol name continuation!  */ | 
 |       if ((*pp)[-1] == '\\' || (*pp)[-1] == '?') | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  *pp = next_symbol_text (objfile); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  break; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |   return builtin_type (objfile)->builtin_error; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* Allocate a stub method whose return type is TYPE.  This apparently | 
 |    happens for speed of symbol reading, since parsing out the | 
 |    arguments to the method is cpu-intensive, the way we are doing it. | 
 |    So, we will fill in arguments later.  This always returns a fresh | 
 |    type.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type * | 
 | allocate_stub_method (struct type *type) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct type *mtype; | 
 |  | 
 |   mtype = type_allocator (type).new_type (); | 
 |   mtype->set_code (TYPE_CODE_METHOD); | 
 |   mtype->set_length (1); | 
 |   mtype->set_is_stub (true); | 
 |   mtype->set_target_type (type); | 
 |   /* TYPE_SELF_TYPE (mtype) = unknown yet */ | 
 |   return mtype; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Read type information or a type definition; return the type.  Even | 
 |    though this routine accepts either type information or a type | 
 |    definition, the distinction is relevant--some parts of stabsread.c | 
 |    assume that type information starts with a digit, '-', or '(' in | 
 |    deciding whether to call read_type.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type * | 
 | read_type (const char **pp, struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct type *type = 0; | 
 |   struct type *type1; | 
 |   int typenums[2]; | 
 |   char type_descriptor; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Size in bits of type if specified by a type attribute, or -1 if | 
 |      there is no size attribute.  */ | 
 |   int type_size = -1; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Used to distinguish string and bitstring from char-array and set.  */ | 
 |   int is_string = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Used to distinguish vector from array.  */ | 
 |   int is_vector = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Read type number if present.  The type number may be omitted. | 
 |      for instance in a two-dimensional array declared with type | 
 |      "ar1;1;10;ar1;1;10;4".  */ | 
 |   if ((**pp >= '0' && **pp <= '9') | 
 |       || **pp == '(' | 
 |       || **pp == '-') | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (read_type_number (pp, typenums) != 0) | 
 | 	return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (**pp != '=') | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* Type is not being defined here.  Either it already | 
 | 	     exists, or this is a forward reference to it. | 
 | 	     dbx_alloc_type handles both cases.  */ | 
 | 	  type = dbx_alloc_type (typenums, objfile); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* If this is a forward reference, arrange to complain if it | 
 | 	     doesn't get patched up by the time we're done | 
 | 	     reading.  */ | 
 | 	  if (type->code () == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF) | 
 | 	    add_undefined_type (type, typenums); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  return type; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Type is being defined here.  */ | 
 |       /* Skip the '='. | 
 | 	 Also skip the type descriptor - we get it below with (*pp)[-1].  */ | 
 |       (*pp) += 2; | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* 'typenums=' not present, type is anonymous.  Read and return | 
 | 	 the definition, but don't put it in the type vector.  */ | 
 |       typenums[0] = typenums[1] = -1; | 
 |       (*pp)++; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 | again: | 
 |   type_descriptor = (*pp)[-1]; | 
 |   switch (type_descriptor) | 
 |     { | 
 |     case 'x': | 
 |       { | 
 | 	enum type_code code; | 
 |  | 
 | 	/* Used to index through file_symbols.  */ | 
 | 	struct pending *ppt; | 
 | 	int i; | 
 |  | 
 | 	/* Name including "struct", etc.  */ | 
 | 	char *type_name; | 
 |  | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  const char *from, *p, *q1, *q2; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Set the type code according to the following letter.  */ | 
 | 	  switch ((*pp)[0]) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	    case 's': | 
 | 	      code = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT; | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    case 'u': | 
 | 	      code = TYPE_CODE_UNION; | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    case 'e': | 
 | 	      code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM; | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    default: | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		/* Complain and keep going, so compilers can invent new | 
 | 		   cross-reference types.  */ | 
 | 		complaint (_("Unrecognized cross-reference type `%c'"), | 
 | 			   (*pp)[0]); | 
 | 		code = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT; | 
 | 		break; | 
 | 	      } | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  q1 = strchr (*pp, '<'); | 
 | 	  p = strchr (*pp, ':'); | 
 | 	  if (p == NULL) | 
 | 	    return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 | 	  if (q1 && p > q1 && p[1] == ':') | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      int nesting_level = 0; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      for (q2 = q1; *q2; q2++) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  if (*q2 == '<') | 
 | 		    nesting_level++; | 
 | 		  else if (*q2 == '>') | 
 | 		    nesting_level--; | 
 | 		  else if (*q2 == ':' && nesting_level == 0) | 
 | 		    break; | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      p = q2; | 
 | 	      if (*p != ':') | 
 | 		return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  type_name = NULL; | 
 | 	  if (get_current_subfile ()->language == language_cplus) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      std::string name (*pp, p - *pp); | 
 | 	      gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> new_name | 
 | 		= cp_canonicalize_string (name.c_str ()); | 
 | 	      if (new_name != nullptr) | 
 | 		type_name = obstack_strdup (&objfile->objfile_obstack, | 
 | 					    new_name.get ()); | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else if (get_current_subfile ()->language == language_c) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      std::string name (*pp, p - *pp); | 
 | 	      gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> new_name | 
 | 		= c_canonicalize_name (name.c_str ()); | 
 | 	      if (new_name != nullptr) | 
 | 		type_name = obstack_strdup (&objfile->objfile_obstack, | 
 | 					    new_name.get ()); | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  if (type_name == NULL) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      char *to = type_name = (char *) | 
 | 		obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, p - *pp + 1); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* Copy the name.  */ | 
 | 	      from = *pp + 1; | 
 | 	      while (from < p) | 
 | 		*to++ = *from++; | 
 | 	      *to = '\0'; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Set the pointer ahead of the name which we just read, and | 
 | 	     the colon.  */ | 
 | 	  *pp = p + 1; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 | 	/* If this type has already been declared, then reuse the same | 
 | 	   type, rather than allocating a new one.  This saves some | 
 | 	   memory.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	for (ppt = *get_file_symbols (); ppt; ppt = ppt->next) | 
 | 	  for (i = 0; i < ppt->nsyms; i++) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      struct symbol *sym = ppt->symbol[i]; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      if (sym->aclass () == LOC_TYPEDEF | 
 | 		  && sym->domain () == STRUCT_DOMAIN | 
 | 		  && (sym->type ()->code () == code) | 
 | 		  && strcmp (sym->linkage_name (), type_name) == 0) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  obstack_free (&objfile->objfile_obstack, type_name); | 
 | 		  type = sym->type (); | 
 | 		  if (typenums[0] != -1) | 
 | 		    *dbx_lookup_type (typenums, objfile) = type; | 
 | 		  return type; | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	/* Didn't find the type to which this refers, so we must | 
 | 	   be dealing with a forward reference.  Allocate a type | 
 | 	   structure for it, and keep track of it so we can | 
 | 	   fill in the rest of the fields when we get the full | 
 | 	   type.  */ | 
 | 	type = dbx_alloc_type (typenums, objfile); | 
 | 	type->set_code (code); | 
 | 	type->set_name (type_name); | 
 | 	INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type); | 
 | 	type->set_is_stub (true); | 
 |  | 
 | 	add_undefined_type (type, typenums); | 
 | 	return type; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |     case '-':			/* RS/6000 built-in type */ | 
 |     case '0': | 
 |     case '1': | 
 |     case '2': | 
 |     case '3': | 
 |     case '4': | 
 |     case '5': | 
 |     case '6': | 
 |     case '7': | 
 |     case '8': | 
 |     case '9': | 
 |     case '(': | 
 |       (*pp)--; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* We deal with something like t(1,2)=(3,4)=... which | 
 | 	 the Lucid compiler and recent gcc versions (post 2.7.3) use.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Allocate and enter the typedef type first. | 
 | 	 This handles recursive types.  */ | 
 |       type = dbx_alloc_type (typenums, objfile); | 
 |       type->set_code (TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF); | 
 |       { | 
 | 	struct type *xtype = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |  | 
 | 	if (type == xtype) | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    /* It's being defined as itself.  That means it is "void".  */ | 
 | 	    type->set_code (TYPE_CODE_VOID); | 
 | 	    type->set_length (1); | 
 | 	  } | 
 | 	else if (type_size >= 0 || is_string) | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    /* This is the absolute wrong way to construct types.  Every | 
 | 	       other debug format has found a way around this problem and | 
 | 	       the related problems with unnecessarily stubbed types; | 
 | 	       someone motivated should attempt to clean up the issue | 
 | 	       here as well.  Once a type pointed to has been created it | 
 | 	       should not be modified. | 
 |  | 
 | 	       Well, it's not *absolutely* wrong.  Constructing recursive | 
 | 	       types (trees, linked lists) necessarily entails modifying | 
 | 	       types after creating them.  Constructing any loop structure | 
 | 	       entails side effects.  The Dwarf 2 reader does handle this | 
 | 	       more gracefully (it never constructs more than once | 
 | 	       instance of a type object, so it doesn't have to copy type | 
 | 	       objects wholesale), but it still mutates type objects after | 
 | 	       other folks have references to them. | 
 |  | 
 | 	       Keep in mind that this circularity/mutation issue shows up | 
 | 	       at the source language level, too: C's "incomplete types", | 
 | 	       for example.  So the proper cleanup, I think, would be to | 
 | 	       limit GDB's type smashing to match exactly those required | 
 | 	       by the source language.  So GDB could have a | 
 | 	       "complete_this_type" function, but never create unnecessary | 
 | 	       copies of a type otherwise.  */ | 
 | 	    replace_type (type, xtype); | 
 | 	    type->set_name (NULL); | 
 | 	  } | 
 | 	else | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    type->set_target_is_stub (true); | 
 | 	    type->set_target_type (xtype); | 
 | 	  } | 
 |       } | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* In the following types, we must be sure to overwrite any existing | 
 | 	 type that the typenums refer to, rather than allocating a new one | 
 | 	 and making the typenums point to the new one.  This is because there | 
 | 	 may already be pointers to the existing type (if it had been | 
 | 	 forward-referenced), and we must change it to a pointer, function, | 
 | 	 reference, or whatever, *in-place*.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |     case '*':			/* Pointer to another type */ | 
 |       type1 = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |       type = make_pointer_type (type1, dbx_lookup_type (typenums, objfile)); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case '&':			/* Reference to another type */ | 
 |       type1 = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |       type = make_reference_type (type1, dbx_lookup_type (typenums, objfile), | 
 | 				  TYPE_CODE_REF); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'f':			/* Function returning another type */ | 
 |       type1 = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |       type = make_function_type (type1, dbx_lookup_type (typenums, objfile)); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'g':                   /* Prototyped function.  (Sun)  */ | 
 |       { | 
 | 	/* Unresolved questions: | 
 |  | 
 | 	   - According to Sun's ``STABS Interface Manual'', for 'f' | 
 | 	   and 'F' symbol descriptors, a `0' in the argument type list | 
 | 	   indicates a varargs function.  But it doesn't say how 'g' | 
 | 	   type descriptors represent that info.  Someone with access | 
 | 	   to Sun's toolchain should try it out. | 
 |  | 
 | 	   - According to the comment in define_symbol (search for | 
 | 	   `process_prototype_types:'), Sun emits integer arguments as | 
 | 	   types which ref themselves --- like `void' types.  Do we | 
 | 	   have to deal with that here, too?  Again, someone with | 
 | 	   access to Sun's toolchain should try it out and let us | 
 | 	   know.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	const char *type_start = (*pp) - 1; | 
 | 	struct type *return_type = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 | 	struct type *func_type | 
 | 	  = make_function_type (return_type, | 
 | 				dbx_lookup_type (typenums, objfile)); | 
 | 	struct type_list { | 
 | 	  struct type *type; | 
 | 	  struct type_list *next; | 
 | 	} *arg_types = 0; | 
 | 	int num_args = 0; | 
 |  | 
 | 	while (**pp && **pp != '#') | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    struct type *arg_type = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 | 	    struct type_list *newobj = XALLOCA (struct type_list); | 
 | 	    newobj->type = arg_type; | 
 | 	    newobj->next = arg_types; | 
 | 	    arg_types = newobj; | 
 | 	    num_args++; | 
 | 	  } | 
 | 	if (**pp == '#') | 
 | 	  ++*pp; | 
 | 	else | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    complaint (_("Prototyped function type didn't " | 
 | 			 "end arguments with `#':\n%s"), | 
 | 		       type_start); | 
 | 	  } | 
 |  | 
 | 	/* If there is just one argument whose type is `void', then | 
 | 	   that's just an empty argument list.  */ | 
 | 	if (arg_types | 
 | 	    && ! arg_types->next | 
 | 	    && arg_types->type->code () == TYPE_CODE_VOID) | 
 | 	  num_args = 0; | 
 |  | 
 | 	func_type->alloc_fields (num_args); | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  int i; | 
 | 	  struct type_list *t; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* We stuck each argument type onto the front of the list | 
 | 	     when we read it, so the list is reversed.  Build the | 
 | 	     fields array right-to-left.  */ | 
 | 	  for (t = arg_types, i = num_args - 1; t; t = t->next, i--) | 
 | 	    func_type->field (i).set_type (t->type); | 
 | 	} | 
 | 	func_type->set_num_fields (num_args); | 
 | 	func_type->set_is_prototyped (true); | 
 |  | 
 | 	type = func_type; | 
 | 	break; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'k':			/* Const qualifier on some type (Sun) */ | 
 |       type = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |       type = make_cv_type (1, TYPE_VOLATILE (type), type, | 
 | 			   dbx_lookup_type (typenums, objfile)); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'B':			/* Volatile qual on some type (Sun) */ | 
 |       type = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |       type = make_cv_type (TYPE_CONST (type), 1, type, | 
 | 			   dbx_lookup_type (typenums, objfile)); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case '@': | 
 |       if (isdigit (**pp) || **pp == '(' || **pp == '-') | 
 | 	{			/* Member (class & variable) type */ | 
 | 	  /* FIXME -- we should be doing smash_to_XXX types here.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	  struct type *domain = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 | 	  struct type *memtype; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (**pp != ',') | 
 | 	    /* Invalid member type data format.  */ | 
 | 	    return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 | 	  ++*pp; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  memtype = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 | 	  type = dbx_alloc_type (typenums, objfile); | 
 | 	  smash_to_memberptr_type (type, domain, memtype); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else | 
 | 	/* type attribute */ | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  const char *attr = *pp; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Skip to the semicolon.  */ | 
 | 	  while (**pp != ';' && **pp != '\0') | 
 | 	    ++(*pp); | 
 | 	  if (**pp == '\0') | 
 | 	    return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    ++ * pp;		/* Skip the semicolon.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	  switch (*attr) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	    case 's':		/* Size attribute */ | 
 | 	      type_size = atoi (attr + 1); | 
 | 	      if (type_size <= 0) | 
 | 		type_size = -1; | 
 | 	      break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case 'S':		/* String attribute */ | 
 | 	      /* FIXME: check to see if following type is array?  */ | 
 | 	      is_string = 1; | 
 | 	      break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case 'V':		/* Vector attribute */ | 
 | 	      /* FIXME: check to see if following type is array?  */ | 
 | 	      is_vector = 1; | 
 | 	      break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    default: | 
 | 	      /* Ignore unrecognized type attributes, so future compilers | 
 | 		 can invent new ones.  */ | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  ++*pp; | 
 | 	  goto again; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case '#':			/* Method (class & fn) type */ | 
 |       if ((*pp)[0] == '#') | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* We'll get the parameter types from the name.  */ | 
 | 	  struct type *return_type; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  (*pp)++; | 
 | 	  return_type = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 | 	  if (*(*pp)++ != ';') | 
 | 	    complaint (_("invalid (minimal) member type " | 
 | 			 "data format at symtab pos %d."), | 
 | 		       symnum); | 
 | 	  type = allocate_stub_method (return_type); | 
 | 	  if (typenums[0] != -1) | 
 | 	    *dbx_lookup_type (typenums, objfile) = type; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  struct type *domain = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 | 	  struct type *return_type; | 
 | 	  struct field *args; | 
 | 	  int nargs, varargs; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (**pp != ',') | 
 | 	    /* Invalid member type data format.  */ | 
 | 	    return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    ++(*pp); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  return_type = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 | 	  args = read_args (pp, ';', objfile, &nargs, &varargs); | 
 | 	  if (args == NULL) | 
 | 	    return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 | 	  type = dbx_alloc_type (typenums, objfile); | 
 | 	  smash_to_method_type (type, domain, return_type, args, | 
 | 				nargs, varargs); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'r':			/* Range type */ | 
 |       type = read_range_type (pp, typenums, type_size, objfile); | 
 |       if (typenums[0] != -1) | 
 | 	*dbx_lookup_type (typenums, objfile) = type; | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'b': | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* Sun ACC builtin int type */ | 
 | 	  type = read_sun_builtin_type (pp, typenums, objfile); | 
 | 	  if (typenums[0] != -1) | 
 | 	    *dbx_lookup_type (typenums, objfile) = type; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'R':			/* Sun ACC builtin float type */ | 
 |       type = read_sun_floating_type (pp, typenums, objfile); | 
 |       if (typenums[0] != -1) | 
 | 	*dbx_lookup_type (typenums, objfile) = type; | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'e':			/* Enumeration type */ | 
 |       type = dbx_alloc_type (typenums, objfile); | 
 |       type = read_enum_type (pp, type, objfile); | 
 |       if (typenums[0] != -1) | 
 | 	*dbx_lookup_type (typenums, objfile) = type; | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 's':			/* Struct type */ | 
 |     case 'u':			/* Union type */ | 
 |       { | 
 | 	enum type_code type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNDEF; | 
 | 	type = dbx_alloc_type (typenums, objfile); | 
 | 	switch (type_descriptor) | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	  case 's': | 
 | 	    type_code = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT; | 
 | 	    break; | 
 | 	  case 'u': | 
 | 	    type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNION; | 
 | 	    break; | 
 | 	  } | 
 | 	type = read_struct_type (pp, type, type_code, objfile); | 
 | 	break; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'a':			/* Array type */ | 
 |       if (**pp != 'r') | 
 | 	return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |       ++*pp; | 
 |  | 
 |       type = dbx_alloc_type (typenums, objfile); | 
 |       type = read_array_type (pp, type, objfile); | 
 |       if (is_string) | 
 | 	type->set_code (TYPE_CODE_STRING); | 
 |       if (is_vector) | 
 | 	make_vector_type (type); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 'S':			/* Set type */ | 
 |       { | 
 | 	type1 = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 | 	type_allocator alloc (objfile, get_current_subfile ()->language); | 
 | 	type = create_set_type (alloc, type1); | 
 | 	if (typenums[0] != -1) | 
 | 	  *dbx_lookup_type (typenums, objfile) = type; | 
 |       } | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     default: | 
 |       --*pp;			/* Go back to the symbol in error.  */ | 
 |       /* Particularly important if it was \0!  */ | 
 |       return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (type == 0) | 
 |     { | 
 |       warning (_("GDB internal error, type is NULL in stabsread.c.")); | 
 |       return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Size specified in a type attribute overrides any other size.  */ | 
 |   if (type_size != -1) | 
 |     type->set_length ((type_size + TARGET_CHAR_BIT - 1) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT); | 
 |  | 
 |   return type; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* RS/6000 xlc/dbx combination uses a set of builtin types, starting from -1. | 
 |    Return the proper type node for a given builtin type number.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static const registry<objfile>::key<struct type *, | 
 | 				    gdb::noop_deleter<struct type *>> | 
 |   rs6000_builtin_type_data; | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type * | 
 | rs6000_builtin_type (int typenum, struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct type **negative_types = rs6000_builtin_type_data.get (objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* We recognize types numbered from -NUMBER_RECOGNIZED to -1.  */ | 
 | #define NUMBER_RECOGNIZED 34 | 
 |   struct type *rettype = NULL; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (typenum >= 0 || typenum < -NUMBER_RECOGNIZED) | 
 |     { | 
 |       complaint (_("Unknown builtin type %d"), typenum); | 
 |       return builtin_type (objfile)->builtin_error; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!negative_types) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* This includes an empty slot for type number -0.  */ | 
 |       negative_types = OBSTACK_CALLOC (&objfile->objfile_obstack, | 
 | 				       NUMBER_RECOGNIZED + 1, struct type *); | 
 |       rs6000_builtin_type_data.set (objfile, negative_types); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (negative_types[-typenum] != NULL) | 
 |     return negative_types[-typenum]; | 
 |  | 
 | #if TARGET_CHAR_BIT != 8 | 
 | #error This code wrong for TARGET_CHAR_BIT not 8 | 
 |   /* These definitions all assume that TARGET_CHAR_BIT is 8.  I think | 
 |      that if that ever becomes not true, the correct fix will be to | 
 |      make the size in the struct type to be in bits, not in units of | 
 |      TARGET_CHAR_BIT.  */ | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 |   type_allocator alloc (objfile, get_current_subfile ()->language); | 
 |   switch (-typenum) | 
 |     { | 
 |     case 1: | 
 |       /* The size of this and all the other types are fixed, defined | 
 | 	 by the debugging format.  If there is a type called "int" which | 
 | 	 is other than 32 bits, then it should use a new negative type | 
 | 	 number (or avoid negative type numbers for that case). | 
 | 	 See stabs.texinfo.  */ | 
 |       rettype = init_integer_type (alloc, 32, 0, "int"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 2: | 
 |       rettype = init_integer_type (alloc, 8, 0, "char"); | 
 |       rettype->set_has_no_signedness (true); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 3: | 
 |       rettype = init_integer_type (alloc, 16, 0, "short"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 4: | 
 |       rettype = init_integer_type (alloc, 32, 0, "long"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 5: | 
 |       rettype = init_integer_type (alloc, 8, 1, "unsigned char"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 6: | 
 |       rettype = init_integer_type (alloc, 8, 0, "signed char"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 7: | 
 |       rettype = init_integer_type (alloc, 16, 1, "unsigned short"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 8: | 
 |       rettype = init_integer_type (alloc, 32, 1, "unsigned int"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 9: | 
 |       rettype = init_integer_type (alloc, 32, 1, "unsigned"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 10: | 
 |       rettype = init_integer_type (alloc, 32, 1, "unsigned long"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 11: | 
 |       rettype = alloc.new_type (TYPE_CODE_VOID, TARGET_CHAR_BIT, "void"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 12: | 
 |       /* IEEE single precision (32 bit).  */ | 
 |       rettype = init_float_type (alloc, 32, "float", | 
 | 				 floatformats_ieee_single); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 13: | 
 |       /* IEEE double precision (64 bit).  */ | 
 |       rettype = init_float_type (alloc, 64, "double", | 
 | 				 floatformats_ieee_double); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 14: | 
 |       /* This is an IEEE double on the RS/6000, and different machines with | 
 | 	 different sizes for "long double" should use different negative | 
 | 	 type numbers.  See stabs.texinfo.  */ | 
 |       rettype = init_float_type (alloc, 64, "long double", | 
 | 				 floatformats_ieee_double); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 15: | 
 |       rettype = init_integer_type (alloc, 32, 0, "integer"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 16: | 
 |       rettype = init_boolean_type (alloc, 32, 1, "boolean"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 17: | 
 |       rettype = init_float_type (alloc, 32, "short real", | 
 | 				 floatformats_ieee_single); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 18: | 
 |       rettype = init_float_type (alloc, 64, "real", | 
 | 				 floatformats_ieee_double); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 19: | 
 |       rettype = alloc.new_type (TYPE_CODE_ERROR, 0, "stringptr"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 20: | 
 |       rettype = init_character_type (alloc, 8, 1, "character"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 21: | 
 |       rettype = init_boolean_type (alloc, 8, 1, "logical*1"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 22: | 
 |       rettype = init_boolean_type (alloc, 16, 1, "logical*2"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 23: | 
 |       rettype = init_boolean_type (alloc, 32, 1, "logical*4"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 24: | 
 |       rettype = init_boolean_type (alloc, 32, 1, "logical"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 25: | 
 |       /* Complex type consisting of two IEEE single precision values.  */ | 
 |       rettype = init_complex_type ("complex", | 
 | 				   rs6000_builtin_type (12, objfile)); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 26: | 
 |       /* Complex type consisting of two IEEE double precision values.  */ | 
 |       rettype = init_complex_type ("double complex", | 
 | 				   rs6000_builtin_type (13, objfile)); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 27: | 
 |       rettype = init_integer_type (alloc, 8, 0, "integer*1"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 28: | 
 |       rettype = init_integer_type (alloc, 16, 0, "integer*2"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 29: | 
 |       rettype = init_integer_type (alloc, 32, 0, "integer*4"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 30: | 
 |       rettype = init_character_type (alloc, 16, 0, "wchar"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 31: | 
 |       rettype = init_integer_type (alloc, 64, 0, "long long"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 32: | 
 |       rettype = init_integer_type (alloc, 64, 1, "unsigned long long"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 33: | 
 |       rettype = init_integer_type (alloc, 64, 1, "logical*8"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 34: | 
 |       rettype = init_integer_type (alloc, 64, 0, "integer*8"); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |   negative_types[-typenum] = rettype; | 
 |   return rettype; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* This page contains subroutines of read_type.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* Wrapper around method_name_from_physname to flag a complaint | 
 |    if there is an error.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static char * | 
 | stabs_method_name_from_physname (const char *physname) | 
 | { | 
 |   char *method_name; | 
 |  | 
 |   method_name = method_name_from_physname (physname); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (method_name == NULL) | 
 |     { | 
 |       complaint (_("Method has bad physname %s\n"), physname); | 
 |       return NULL; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return method_name; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Read member function stabs info for C++ classes.  The form of each member | 
 |    function data is: | 
 |  | 
 |    NAME :: TYPENUM[=type definition] ARGS : PHYSNAME ; | 
 |  | 
 |    An example with two member functions is: | 
 |  | 
 |    afunc1::20=##15;:i;2A.;afunc2::20:i;2A.; | 
 |  | 
 |    For the case of overloaded operators, the format is op$::*.funcs, where | 
 |    $ is the CPLUS_MARKER (usually '$'), `*' holds the place for an operator | 
 |    name (such as `+=') and `.' marks the end of the operator name. | 
 |  | 
 |    Returns 1 for success, 0 for failure.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static int | 
 | read_member_functions (struct stab_field_info *fip, const char **pp, | 
 | 		       struct type *type, struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   int nfn_fields = 0; | 
 |   int length = 0; | 
 |   int i; | 
 |   struct next_fnfield | 
 |     { | 
 |       struct next_fnfield *next; | 
 |       struct fn_field fn_field; | 
 |     } | 
 |    *sublist; | 
 |   struct type *look_ahead_type; | 
 |   struct next_fnfieldlist *new_fnlist; | 
 |   struct next_fnfield *new_sublist; | 
 |   char *main_fn_name; | 
 |   const char *p; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Process each list until we find something that is not a member function | 
 |      or find the end of the functions.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   while (**pp != ';') | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* We should be positioned at the start of the function name. | 
 | 	 Scan forward to find the first ':' and if it is not the | 
 | 	 first of a "::" delimiter, then this is not a member function.  */ | 
 |       p = *pp; | 
 |       while (*p != ':') | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  p++; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       if (p[1] != ':') | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  break; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       sublist = NULL; | 
 |       look_ahead_type = NULL; | 
 |       length = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |       new_fnlist = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (&fip->obstack, struct next_fnfieldlist); | 
 |  | 
 |       if ((*pp)[0] == 'o' && (*pp)[1] == 'p' && is_cplus_marker ((*pp)[2])) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* This is a completely weird case.  In order to stuff in the | 
 | 	     names that might contain colons (the usual name delimiter), | 
 | 	     Mike Tiemann defined a different name format which is | 
 | 	     signalled if the identifier is "op$".  In that case, the | 
 | 	     format is "op$::XXXX." where XXXX is the name.  This is | 
 | 	     used for names like "+" or "=".  YUUUUUUUK!  FIXME!  */ | 
 | 	  /* This lets the user type "break operator+". | 
 | 	     We could just put in "+" as the name, but that wouldn't | 
 | 	     work for "*".  */ | 
 | 	  static char opname[32] = "op$"; | 
 | 	  char *o = opname + 3; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Skip past '::'.  */ | 
 | 	  *pp = p + 2; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  STABS_CONTINUE (pp, objfile); | 
 | 	  p = *pp; | 
 | 	  while (*p != '.') | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      *o++ = *p++; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  main_fn_name = savestring (opname, o - opname); | 
 | 	  /* Skip past '.'  */ | 
 | 	  *pp = p + 1; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  main_fn_name = savestring (*pp, p - *pp); | 
 | 	  /* Skip past '::'.  */ | 
 | 	  *pp = p + 2; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       new_fnlist->fn_fieldlist.name = main_fn_name; | 
 |  | 
 |       do | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  new_sublist = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (&fip->obstack, struct next_fnfield); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Check for and handle cretinous dbx symbol name continuation!  */ | 
 | 	  if (look_ahead_type == NULL) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      /* Normal case.  */ | 
 | 	      STABS_CONTINUE (pp, objfile); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      new_sublist->fn_field.type = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 | 	      if (**pp != ':') | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  /* Invalid symtab info for member function.  */ | 
 | 		  return 0; | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      /* g++ version 1 kludge */ | 
 | 	      new_sublist->fn_field.type = look_ahead_type; | 
 | 	      look_ahead_type = NULL; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  (*pp)++; | 
 | 	  p = *pp; | 
 | 	  while (*p != ';') | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      p++; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* These are methods, not functions.  */ | 
 | 	  if (new_sublist->fn_field.type->code () == TYPE_CODE_FUNC) | 
 | 	    new_sublist->fn_field.type->set_code (TYPE_CODE_METHOD); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* If this is just a stub, then we don't have the real name here.  */ | 
 | 	  if (new_sublist->fn_field.type->is_stub ()) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      if (!TYPE_SELF_TYPE (new_sublist->fn_field.type)) | 
 | 		set_type_self_type (new_sublist->fn_field.type, type); | 
 | 	      new_sublist->fn_field.is_stub = 1; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  new_sublist->fn_field.physname = savestring (*pp, p - *pp); | 
 | 	  *pp = p + 1; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Set this member function's visibility fields.  */ | 
 | 	  switch (*(*pp)++) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	    case VISIBILITY_PRIVATE: | 
 | 	      new_sublist->fn_field.accessibility = accessibility::PRIVATE; | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    case VISIBILITY_PROTECTED: | 
 | 	      new_sublist->fn_field.accessibility = accessibility::PROTECTED; | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  STABS_CONTINUE (pp, objfile); | 
 | 	  switch (**pp) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	    case 'A':		/* Normal functions.  */ | 
 | 	      new_sublist->fn_field.is_const = 0; | 
 | 	      new_sublist->fn_field.is_volatile = 0; | 
 | 	      (*pp)++; | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    case 'B':		/* `const' member functions.  */ | 
 | 	      new_sublist->fn_field.is_const = 1; | 
 | 	      new_sublist->fn_field.is_volatile = 0; | 
 | 	      (*pp)++; | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    case 'C':		/* `volatile' member function.  */ | 
 | 	      new_sublist->fn_field.is_const = 0; | 
 | 	      new_sublist->fn_field.is_volatile = 1; | 
 | 	      (*pp)++; | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    case 'D':		/* `const volatile' member function.  */ | 
 | 	      new_sublist->fn_field.is_const = 1; | 
 | 	      new_sublist->fn_field.is_volatile = 1; | 
 | 	      (*pp)++; | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    case '*':		/* File compiled with g++ version 1 -- | 
 | 				   no info.  */ | 
 | 	    case '?': | 
 | 	    case '.': | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    default: | 
 | 	      complaint (_("const/volatile indicator missing, got '%c'"), | 
 | 			 **pp); | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  switch (*(*pp)++) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	    case '*': | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		int nbits; | 
 | 		/* virtual member function, followed by index. | 
 | 		   The sign bit is set to distinguish pointers-to-methods | 
 | 		   from virtual function indicies.  Since the array is | 
 | 		   in words, the quantity must be shifted left by 1 | 
 | 		   on 16 bit machine, and by 2 on 32 bit machine, forcing | 
 | 		   the sign bit out, and usable as a valid index into | 
 | 		   the array.  Remove the sign bit here.  */ | 
 | 		new_sublist->fn_field.voffset = | 
 | 		  (0x7fffffff & read_huge_number (pp, ';', &nbits, 0)) + 2; | 
 | 		if (nbits != 0) | 
 | 		  return 0; | 
 |  | 
 | 		STABS_CONTINUE (pp, objfile); | 
 | 		if (**pp == ';' || **pp == '\0') | 
 | 		  { | 
 | 		    /* Must be g++ version 1.  */ | 
 | 		    new_sublist->fn_field.fcontext = 0; | 
 | 		  } | 
 | 		else | 
 | 		  { | 
 | 		    /* Figure out from whence this virtual function came. | 
 | 		       It may belong to virtual function table of | 
 | 		       one of its baseclasses.  */ | 
 | 		    look_ahead_type = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 | 		    if (**pp == ':') | 
 | 		      { | 
 | 			/* g++ version 1 overloaded methods.  */ | 
 | 		      } | 
 | 		    else | 
 | 		      { | 
 | 			new_sublist->fn_field.fcontext = look_ahead_type; | 
 | 			if (**pp != ';') | 
 | 			  { | 
 | 			    return 0; | 
 | 			  } | 
 | 			else | 
 | 			  { | 
 | 			    ++*pp; | 
 | 			  } | 
 | 			look_ahead_type = NULL; | 
 | 		      } | 
 | 		  } | 
 | 		break; | 
 | 	      } | 
 | 	    case '?': | 
 | 	      /* static member function.  */ | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		int slen = strlen (main_fn_name); | 
 |  | 
 | 		new_sublist->fn_field.voffset = VOFFSET_STATIC; | 
 |  | 
 | 		/* For static member functions, we can't tell if they | 
 | 		   are stubbed, as they are put out as functions, and not as | 
 | 		   methods. | 
 | 		   GCC v2 emits the fully mangled name if | 
 | 		   dbxout.c:flag_minimal_debug is not set, so we have to | 
 | 		   detect a fully mangled physname here and set is_stub | 
 | 		   accordingly.  Fully mangled physnames in v2 start with | 
 | 		   the member function name, followed by two underscores. | 
 | 		   GCC v3 currently always emits stubbed member functions, | 
 | 		   but with fully mangled physnames, which start with _Z.  */ | 
 | 		if (!(strncmp (new_sublist->fn_field.physname, | 
 | 			       main_fn_name, slen) == 0 | 
 | 		      && new_sublist->fn_field.physname[slen] == '_' | 
 | 		      && new_sublist->fn_field.physname[slen + 1] == '_')) | 
 | 		  { | 
 | 		    new_sublist->fn_field.is_stub = 1; | 
 | 		  } | 
 | 		break; | 
 | 	      } | 
 |  | 
 | 	    default: | 
 | 	      /* error */ | 
 | 	      complaint (_("member function type missing, got '%c'"), | 
 | 			 (*pp)[-1]); | 
 | 	      /* Normal member function.  */ | 
 | 	      [[fallthrough]]; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case '.': | 
 | 	      /* normal member function.  */ | 
 | 	      new_sublist->fn_field.voffset = 0; | 
 | 	      new_sublist->fn_field.fcontext = 0; | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  new_sublist->next = sublist; | 
 | 	  sublist = new_sublist; | 
 | 	  length++; | 
 | 	  STABS_CONTINUE (pp, objfile); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       while (**pp != ';' && **pp != '\0'); | 
 |  | 
 |       (*pp)++; | 
 |       STABS_CONTINUE (pp, objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Skip GCC 3.X member functions which are duplicates of the callable | 
 | 	 constructor/destructor.  */ | 
 |       if (strcmp_iw (main_fn_name, "__base_ctor ") == 0 | 
 | 	  || strcmp_iw (main_fn_name, "__base_dtor ") == 0 | 
 | 	  || strcmp (main_fn_name, "__deleting_dtor") == 0) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  xfree (main_fn_name); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  int has_destructor = 0, has_other = 0; | 
 | 	  int is_v3 = 0; | 
 | 	  struct next_fnfield *tmp_sublist; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Various versions of GCC emit various mostly-useless | 
 | 	     strings in the name field for special member functions. | 
 |  | 
 | 	     For stub methods, we need to defer correcting the name | 
 | 	     until we are ready to unstub the method, because the current | 
 | 	     name string is used by gdb_mangle_name.  The only stub methods | 
 | 	     of concern here are GNU v2 operators; other methods have their | 
 | 	     names correct (see caveat below). | 
 |  | 
 | 	     For non-stub methods, in GNU v3, we have a complete physname. | 
 | 	     Therefore we can safely correct the name now.  This primarily | 
 | 	     affects constructors and destructors, whose name will be | 
 | 	     __comp_ctor or __comp_dtor instead of Foo or ~Foo.  Cast | 
 | 	     operators will also have incorrect names; for instance, | 
 | 	     "operator int" will be named "operator i" (i.e. the type is | 
 | 	     mangled). | 
 |  | 
 | 	     For non-stub methods in GNU v2, we have no easy way to | 
 | 	     know if we have a complete physname or not.  For most | 
 | 	     methods the result depends on the platform (if CPLUS_MARKER | 
 | 	     can be `$' or `.', it will use minimal debug information, or | 
 | 	     otherwise the full physname will be included). | 
 |  | 
 | 	     Rather than dealing with this, we take a different approach. | 
 | 	     For v3 mangled names, we can use the full physname; for v2, | 
 | 	     we use cplus_demangle_opname (which is actually v2 specific), | 
 | 	     because the only interesting names are all operators - once again | 
 | 	     barring the caveat below.  Skip this process if any method in the | 
 | 	     group is a stub, to prevent our fouling up the workings of | 
 | 	     gdb_mangle_name. | 
 |  | 
 | 	     The caveat: GCC 2.95.x (and earlier?) put constructors and | 
 | 	     destructors in the same method group.  We need to split this | 
 | 	     into two groups, because they should have different names. | 
 | 	     So for each method group we check whether it contains both | 
 | 	     routines whose physname appears to be a destructor (the physnames | 
 | 	     for and destructors are always provided, due to quirks in v2 | 
 | 	     mangling) and routines whose physname does not appear to be a | 
 | 	     destructor.  If so then we break up the list into two halves. | 
 | 	     Even if the constructors and destructors aren't in the same group | 
 | 	     the destructor will still lack the leading tilde, so that also | 
 | 	     needs to be fixed. | 
 |  | 
 | 	     So, to summarize what we expect and handle here: | 
 |  | 
 | 		Given         Given          Real         Real       Action | 
 | 	     method name     physname      physname   method name | 
 |  | 
 | 	     __opi            [none]     __opi__3Foo  operator int    opname | 
 | 								 [now or later] | 
 | 	     Foo              _._3Foo       _._3Foo      ~Foo      separate and | 
 | 								       rename | 
 | 	     operator i     _ZN3FoocviEv _ZN3FoocviEv operator int    demangle | 
 | 	     __comp_ctor  _ZN3FooC1ERKS_ _ZN3FooC1ERKS_   Foo         demangle | 
 | 	  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	  tmp_sublist = sublist; | 
 | 	  while (tmp_sublist != NULL) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      if (tmp_sublist->fn_field.physname[0] == '_' | 
 | 		  && tmp_sublist->fn_field.physname[1] == 'Z') | 
 | 		is_v3 = 1; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      if (is_destructor_name (tmp_sublist->fn_field.physname)) | 
 | 		has_destructor++; | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		has_other++; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      tmp_sublist = tmp_sublist->next; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (has_destructor && has_other) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      struct next_fnfieldlist *destr_fnlist; | 
 | 	      struct next_fnfield *last_sublist; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* Create a new fn_fieldlist for the destructors.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	      destr_fnlist = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (&fip->obstack, | 
 | 					     struct next_fnfieldlist); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      destr_fnlist->fn_fieldlist.name | 
 | 		= obconcat (&objfile->objfile_obstack, "~", | 
 | 			    new_fnlist->fn_fieldlist.name, (char *) NULL); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      destr_fnlist->fn_fieldlist.fn_fields = | 
 | 		XOBNEWVEC (&objfile->objfile_obstack, | 
 | 			   struct fn_field, has_destructor); | 
 | 	      memset (destr_fnlist->fn_fieldlist.fn_fields, 0, | 
 | 		  sizeof (struct fn_field) * has_destructor); | 
 | 	      tmp_sublist = sublist; | 
 | 	      last_sublist = NULL; | 
 | 	      i = 0; | 
 | 	      while (tmp_sublist != NULL) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  if (!is_destructor_name (tmp_sublist->fn_field.physname)) | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      tmp_sublist = tmp_sublist->next; | 
 | 		      continue; | 
 | 		    } | 
 | 		   | 
 | 		  destr_fnlist->fn_fieldlist.fn_fields[i++] | 
 | 		    = tmp_sublist->fn_field; | 
 | 		  if (last_sublist) | 
 | 		    last_sublist->next = tmp_sublist->next; | 
 | 		  else | 
 | 		    sublist = tmp_sublist->next; | 
 | 		  last_sublist = tmp_sublist; | 
 | 		  tmp_sublist = tmp_sublist->next; | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      destr_fnlist->fn_fieldlist.length = has_destructor; | 
 | 	      destr_fnlist->next = fip->fnlist; | 
 | 	      fip->fnlist = destr_fnlist; | 
 | 	      nfn_fields++; | 
 | 	      length -= has_destructor; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else if (is_v3) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      /* v3 mangling prevents the use of abbreviated physnames, | 
 | 		 so we can do this here.  There are stubbed methods in v3 | 
 | 		 only: | 
 | 		 - in -gstabs instead of -gstabs+ | 
 | 		 - or for static methods, which are output as a function type | 
 | 		   instead of a method type.  */ | 
 | 	      char *new_method_name = | 
 | 		stabs_method_name_from_physname (sublist->fn_field.physname); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      if (new_method_name != NULL | 
 | 		  && strcmp (new_method_name, | 
 | 			     new_fnlist->fn_fieldlist.name) != 0) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  new_fnlist->fn_fieldlist.name = new_method_name; | 
 | 		  xfree (main_fn_name); | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		xfree (new_method_name); | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else if (has_destructor && new_fnlist->fn_fieldlist.name[0] != '~') | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      new_fnlist->fn_fieldlist.name = | 
 | 		obconcat (&objfile->objfile_obstack, | 
 | 			  "~", main_fn_name, (char *)NULL); | 
 | 	      xfree (main_fn_name); | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  new_fnlist->fn_fieldlist.fn_fields | 
 | 	    = OBSTACK_CALLOC (&objfile->objfile_obstack, length, fn_field); | 
 | 	  for (i = length; (i--, sublist); sublist = sublist->next) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      new_fnlist->fn_fieldlist.fn_fields[i] = sublist->fn_field; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  new_fnlist->fn_fieldlist.length = length; | 
 | 	  new_fnlist->next = fip->fnlist; | 
 | 	  fip->fnlist = new_fnlist; | 
 | 	  nfn_fields++; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (nfn_fields) | 
 |     { | 
 |       ALLOCATE_CPLUS_STRUCT_TYPE (type); | 
 |       TYPE_FN_FIELDLISTS (type) = (struct fn_fieldlist *) | 
 | 	TYPE_ZALLOC (type, sizeof (struct fn_fieldlist) * nfn_fields); | 
 |       TYPE_NFN_FIELDS (type) = nfn_fields; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return 1; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Special GNU C++ name. | 
 |  | 
 |    Returns 1 for success, 0 for failure.  "failure" means that we can't | 
 |    keep parsing and it's time for error_type().  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static int | 
 | read_cpp_abbrev (struct stab_field_info *fip, const char **pp, | 
 | 		 struct type *type, struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   const char *p; | 
 |   const char *name; | 
 |   char cpp_abbrev; | 
 |   struct type *context; | 
 |  | 
 |   p = *pp; | 
 |   if (*++p == 'v') | 
 |     { | 
 |       name = NULL; | 
 |       cpp_abbrev = *++p; | 
 |  | 
 |       *pp = p + 1; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* At this point, *pp points to something like "22:23=*22...", | 
 | 	 where the type number before the ':' is the "context" and | 
 | 	 everything after is a regular type definition.  Lookup the | 
 | 	 type, find it's name, and construct the field name.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       context = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |       switch (cpp_abbrev) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	case 'f':		/* $vf -- a virtual function table pointer */ | 
 | 	  name = context->name (); | 
 | 	  if (name == NULL) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      name = ""; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  fip->list->field.set_name (obconcat (&objfile->objfile_obstack, | 
 | 					       vptr_name, name, (char *) NULL)); | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case 'b':		/* $vb -- a virtual bsomethingorother */ | 
 | 	  name = context->name (); | 
 | 	  if (name == NULL) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      complaint (_("C++ abbreviated type name " | 
 | 			   "unknown at symtab pos %d"), | 
 | 			 symnum); | 
 | 	      name = "FOO"; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  fip->list->field.set_name (obconcat (&objfile->objfile_obstack, | 
 | 					       vb_name, name, (char *) NULL)); | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	default: | 
 | 	  invalid_cpp_abbrev_complaint (*pp); | 
 | 	  fip->list->field.set_name (obconcat (&objfile->objfile_obstack, | 
 | 					       "INVALID_CPLUSPLUS_ABBREV", | 
 | 					       (char *) NULL)); | 
 | 	  break; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* At this point, *pp points to the ':'.  Skip it and read the | 
 | 	 field type.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       p = ++(*pp); | 
 |       if (p[-1] != ':') | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  invalid_cpp_abbrev_complaint (*pp); | 
 | 	  return 0; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       fip->list->field.set_type (read_type (pp, objfile)); | 
 |       if (**pp == ',') | 
 | 	(*pp)++;		/* Skip the comma.  */ | 
 |       else | 
 | 	return 0; | 
 |  | 
 |       { | 
 | 	int nbits; | 
 |  | 
 | 	fip->list->field.set_loc_bitpos (read_huge_number (pp, ';', &nbits, 0)); | 
 | 	if (nbits != 0) | 
 | 	  return 0; | 
 |       } | 
 |       /* This field is unpacked.  */ | 
 |       fip->list->field.set_bitsize (0); | 
 |       fip->list->field.set_accessibility (accessibility::PRIVATE); | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       invalid_cpp_abbrev_complaint (*pp); | 
 |       /* We have no idea what syntax an unrecognized abbrev would have, so | 
 | 	 better return 0.  If we returned 1, we would need to at least advance | 
 | 	 *pp to avoid an infinite loop.  */ | 
 |       return 0; | 
 |     } | 
 |   return 1; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | read_one_struct_field (struct stab_field_info *fip, const char **pp, | 
 | 		       const char *p, struct type *type, | 
 | 		       struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct gdbarch *gdbarch = objfile->arch (); | 
 |  | 
 |   fip->list->field.set_name | 
 |     (obstack_strndup (&objfile->objfile_obstack, *pp, p - *pp)); | 
 |   *pp = p + 1; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* This means we have a visibility for a field coming.  */ | 
 |   int visibility; | 
 |   if (**pp == '/') | 
 |     { | 
 |       (*pp)++; | 
 |       visibility = *(*pp)++; | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* normal dbx-style format, no explicit visibility */ | 
 |       visibility = VISIBILITY_PUBLIC; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (visibility) | 
 |     { | 
 |     case VISIBILITY_PRIVATE: | 
 |       fip->list->field.set_accessibility (accessibility::PRIVATE); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case VISIBILITY_PROTECTED: | 
 |       fip->list->field.set_accessibility (accessibility::PROTECTED); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case VISIBILITY_IGNORE: | 
 |       fip->list->field.set_ignored (); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case VISIBILITY_PUBLIC: | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     default: | 
 |       /* Unknown visibility.  Complain and treat it as public.  */ | 
 |       { | 
 | 	complaint (_("Unknown visibility `%c' for field"), | 
 | 		   visibility); | 
 |       } | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   fip->list->field.set_type (read_type (pp, objfile)); | 
 |   if (**pp == ':') | 
 |     { | 
 |       p = ++(*pp); | 
 | #if 0 | 
 |       /* Possible future hook for nested types.  */ | 
 |       if (**pp == '!') | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  fip->list->field.bitpos = (long) -2;	/* nested type */ | 
 | 	  p = ++(*pp); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else | 
 | 	...; | 
 | #endif | 
 |       while (*p != ';') | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  p++; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       /* Static class member.  */ | 
 |       fip->list->field.set_loc_physname (savestring (*pp, p - *pp)); | 
 |       *pp = p + 1; | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |   else if (**pp != ',') | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Bad structure-type format.  */ | 
 |       stabs_general_complaint ("bad structure-type format"); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   (*pp)++;			/* Skip the comma.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   { | 
 |     int nbits; | 
 |  | 
 |     fip->list->field.set_loc_bitpos (read_huge_number (pp, ',', &nbits, 0)); | 
 |     if (nbits != 0) | 
 |       { | 
 | 	stabs_general_complaint ("bad structure-type format"); | 
 | 	return; | 
 |       } | 
 |     fip->list->field.set_bitsize (read_huge_number (pp, ';', &nbits, 0)); | 
 |     if (nbits != 0) | 
 |       { | 
 | 	stabs_general_complaint ("bad structure-type format"); | 
 | 	return; | 
 |       } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (fip->list->field.loc_bitpos () == 0 | 
 |       && fip->list->field.bitsize () == 0) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* This can happen in two cases: (1) at least for gcc 2.4.5 or so, | 
 | 	 it is a field which has been optimized out.  The correct stab for | 
 | 	 this case is to use VISIBILITY_IGNORE, but that is a recent | 
 | 	 invention.  (2) It is a 0-size array.  For example | 
 | 	 union { int num; char str[0]; } foo.  Printing _("<no value>" for | 
 | 	 str in "p foo" is OK, since foo.str (and thus foo.str[3]) | 
 | 	 will continue to work, and a 0-size array as a whole doesn't | 
 | 	 have any contents to print. | 
 |  | 
 | 	 I suspect this probably could also happen with gcc -gstabs (not | 
 | 	 -gstabs+) for static fields, and perhaps other C++ extensions. | 
 | 	 Hopefully few people use -gstabs with gdb, since it is intended | 
 | 	 for dbx compatibility.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Ignore this field.  */ | 
 |       fip->list->field.set_ignored (); | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Detect an unpacked field and mark it as such. | 
 | 	 dbx gives a bit size for all fields. | 
 | 	 Note that forward refs cannot be packed, | 
 | 	 and treat enums as if they had the width of ints.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       struct type *field_type = check_typedef (fip->list->field.type ()); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (field_type->code () != TYPE_CODE_INT | 
 | 	  && field_type->code () != TYPE_CODE_RANGE | 
 | 	  && field_type->code () != TYPE_CODE_BOOL | 
 | 	  && field_type->code () != TYPE_CODE_ENUM) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  fip->list->field.set_bitsize (0); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       if ((fip->list->field.bitsize () | 
 | 	   == TARGET_CHAR_BIT * field_type->length () | 
 | 	   || (field_type->code () == TYPE_CODE_ENUM | 
 | 	       && (fip->list->field.bitsize () | 
 | 		   == gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch))) | 
 | 	  ) | 
 | 	  && | 
 | 	  fip->list->field.loc_bitpos () % 8 == 0) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  fip->list->field.set_bitsize (0); | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* Read struct or class data fields.  They have the form: | 
 |  | 
 |    NAME : [VISIBILITY] TYPENUM , BITPOS , BITSIZE ; | 
 |  | 
 |    At the end, we see a semicolon instead of a field. | 
 |  | 
 |    In C++, this may wind up being NAME:?TYPENUM:PHYSNAME; for | 
 |    a static field. | 
 |  | 
 |    The optional VISIBILITY is one of: | 
 |  | 
 |    '/0' (VISIBILITY_PRIVATE) | 
 |    '/1' (VISIBILITY_PROTECTED) | 
 |    '/2' (VISIBILITY_PUBLIC) | 
 |    '/9' (VISIBILITY_IGNORE) | 
 |  | 
 |    or nothing, for C style fields with public visibility. | 
 |  | 
 |    Returns 1 for success, 0 for failure.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static int | 
 | read_struct_fields (struct stab_field_info *fip, const char **pp, | 
 | 		    struct type *type, struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   const char *p; | 
 |   struct stabs_nextfield *newobj; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* We better set p right now, in case there are no fields at all...    */ | 
 |  | 
 |   p = *pp; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Read each data member type until we find the terminating ';' at the end of | 
 |      the data member list, or break for some other reason such as finding the | 
 |      start of the member function list.  */ | 
 |   /* Stab string for structure/union does not end with two ';' in | 
 |      SUN C compiler 5.3 i.e. F6U2, hence check for end of string.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   while (**pp != ';' && **pp != '\0') | 
 |     { | 
 |       STABS_CONTINUE (pp, objfile); | 
 |       /* Get space to record the next field's data.  */ | 
 |       newobj = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (&fip->obstack, struct stabs_nextfield); | 
 |  | 
 |       newobj->next = fip->list; | 
 |       fip->list = newobj; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Get the field name.  */ | 
 |       p = *pp; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* If is starts with CPLUS_MARKER it is a special abbreviation, | 
 | 	 unless the CPLUS_MARKER is followed by an underscore, in | 
 | 	 which case it is just the name of an anonymous type, which we | 
 | 	 should handle like any other type name.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       if (is_cplus_marker (p[0]) && p[1] != '_') | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  if (!read_cpp_abbrev (fip, pp, type, objfile)) | 
 | 	    return 0; | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Look for the ':' that separates the field name from the field | 
 | 	 values.  Data members are delimited by a single ':', while member | 
 | 	 functions are delimited by a pair of ':'s.  When we hit the member | 
 | 	 functions (if any), terminate scan loop and return.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       while (*p != ':' && *p != '\0') | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  p++; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       if (*p == '\0') | 
 | 	return 0; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Check to see if we have hit the member functions yet.  */ | 
 |       if (p[1] == ':') | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  break; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       read_one_struct_field (fip, pp, p, type, objfile); | 
 |     } | 
 |   if (p[0] == ':' && p[1] == ':') | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* (the deleted) chill the list of fields: the last entry (at | 
 | 	 the head) is a partially constructed entry which we now | 
 | 	 scrub.  */ | 
 |       fip->list = fip->list->next; | 
 |     } | 
 |   return 1; | 
 | } | 
 | /* The stabs for C++ derived classes contain baseclass information which | 
 |    is marked by a '!' character after the total size.  This function is | 
 |    called when we encounter the baseclass marker, and slurps up all the | 
 |    baseclass information. | 
 |  | 
 |    Immediately following the '!' marker is the number of base classes that | 
 |    the class is derived from, followed by information for each base class. | 
 |    For each base class, there are two visibility specifiers, a bit offset | 
 |    to the base class information within the derived class, a reference to | 
 |    the type for the base class, and a terminating semicolon. | 
 |  | 
 |    A typical example, with two base classes, would be "!2,020,19;0264,21;". | 
 | 						       ^^ ^ ^ ^  ^ ^  ^ | 
 | 	Baseclass information marker __________________|| | | |  | |  | | 
 | 	Number of baseclasses __________________________| | | |  | |  | | 
 | 	Visibility specifiers (2) ________________________| | |  | |  | | 
 | 	Offset in bits from start of class _________________| |  | |  | | 
 | 	Type number for base class ___________________________|  | |  | | 
 | 	Visibility specifiers (2) _______________________________| |  | | 
 | 	Offset in bits from start of class ________________________|  | | 
 | 	Type number of base class ____________________________________| | 
 |  | 
 |   Return 1 for success, 0 for (error-type-inducing) failure.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | static int | 
 | read_baseclasses (struct stab_field_info *fip, const char **pp, | 
 | 		  struct type *type, struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   int i; | 
 |   struct stabs_nextfield *newobj; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (**pp != '!') | 
 |     { | 
 |       return 1; | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Skip the '!' baseclass information marker.  */ | 
 |       (*pp)++; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   ALLOCATE_CPLUS_STRUCT_TYPE (type); | 
 |   { | 
 |     int nbits; | 
 |  | 
 |     TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type) = read_huge_number (pp, ',', &nbits, 0); | 
 |     if (nbits != 0) | 
 |       return 0; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   for (i = 0; i < TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type); i++) | 
 |     { | 
 |       newobj = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (&fip->obstack, struct stabs_nextfield); | 
 |  | 
 |       newobj->next = fip->list; | 
 |       fip->list = newobj; | 
 |       newobj->field.set_bitsize (0);	/* This should be an unpacked | 
 | 					   field!  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       STABS_CONTINUE (pp, objfile); | 
 |       switch (**pp) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	case '0': | 
 | 	  /* Nothing to do.  */ | 
 | 	  break; | 
 | 	case '1': | 
 | 	  newobj->field.set_virtual (); | 
 | 	  break; | 
 | 	default: | 
 | 	  /* Unknown character.  Complain and treat it as non-virtual.  */ | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    complaint (_("Unknown virtual character `%c' for baseclass"), | 
 | 		       **pp); | 
 | 	  } | 
 | 	} | 
 |       ++(*pp); | 
 |  | 
 |       int visibility = *(*pp)++; | 
 |       switch (visibility) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	case VISIBILITY_PRIVATE: | 
 | 	  newobj->field.set_accessibility (accessibility::PRIVATE); | 
 | 	  break; | 
 | 	case VISIBILITY_PROTECTED: | 
 | 	  newobj->field.set_accessibility (accessibility::PROTECTED); | 
 | 	  break; | 
 | 	case VISIBILITY_PUBLIC: | 
 | 	  break; | 
 | 	default: | 
 | 	  /* Bad visibility format.  Complain and treat it as | 
 | 	     public.  */ | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    complaint (_("Unknown visibility `%c' for baseclass"), | 
 | 		       visibility); | 
 | 	  } | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       { | 
 | 	int nbits; | 
 |  | 
 | 	/* The remaining value is the bit offset of the portion of the object | 
 | 	   corresponding to this baseclass.  Always zero in the absence of | 
 | 	   multiple inheritance.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	newobj->field.set_loc_bitpos (read_huge_number (pp, ',', &nbits, 0)); | 
 | 	if (nbits != 0) | 
 | 	  return 0; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       /* The last piece of baseclass information is the type of the | 
 | 	 base class.  Read it, and remember it's type name as this | 
 | 	 field's name.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       newobj->field.set_type (read_type (pp, objfile)); | 
 |       newobj->field.set_name (newobj->field.type ()->name ()); | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Skip trailing ';' and bump count of number of fields seen.  */ | 
 |       if (**pp == ';') | 
 | 	(*pp)++; | 
 |       else | 
 | 	return 0; | 
 |     } | 
 |   return 1; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* The tail end of stabs for C++ classes that contain a virtual function | 
 |    pointer contains a tilde, a %, and a type number. | 
 |    The type number refers to the base class (possibly this class itself) which | 
 |    contains the vtable pointer for the current class. | 
 |  | 
 |    This function is called when we have parsed all the method declarations, | 
 |    so we can look for the vptr base class info.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static int | 
 | read_tilde_fields (struct stab_field_info *fip, const char **pp, | 
 | 		   struct type *type, struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   const char *p; | 
 |  | 
 |   STABS_CONTINUE (pp, objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* If we are positioned at a ';', then skip it.  */ | 
 |   if (**pp == ';') | 
 |     { | 
 |       (*pp)++; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (**pp == '~') | 
 |     { | 
 |       (*pp)++; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (**pp == '=' || **pp == '+' || **pp == '-') | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* Obsolete flags that used to indicate the presence | 
 | 	     of constructors and/or destructors.  */ | 
 | 	  (*pp)++; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Read either a '%' or the final ';'.  */ | 
 |       if (*(*pp)++ == '%') | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* The next number is the type number of the base class | 
 | 	     (possibly our own class) which supplies the vtable for | 
 | 	     this class.  Parse it out, and search that class to find | 
 | 	     its vtable pointer, and install those into TYPE_VPTR_BASETYPE | 
 | 	     and TYPE_VPTR_FIELDNO.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	  struct type *t; | 
 | 	  int i; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  t = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 | 	  p = (*pp)++; | 
 | 	  while (*p != '\0' && *p != ';') | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      p++; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  if (*p == '\0') | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      /* Premature end of symbol.  */ | 
 | 	      return 0; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  set_type_vptr_basetype (type, t); | 
 | 	  if (type == t)	/* Our own class provides vtbl ptr.  */ | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      for (i = t->num_fields () - 1; | 
 | 		   i >= TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (t); | 
 | 		   --i) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  const char *name = t->field (i).name (); | 
 |  | 
 | 		  if (!strncmp (name, vptr_name, sizeof (vptr_name) - 2) | 
 | 		      && is_cplus_marker (name[sizeof (vptr_name) - 2])) | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      set_type_vptr_fieldno (type, i); | 
 | 		      goto gotit; | 
 | 		    } | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      /* Virtual function table field not found.  */ | 
 | 	      complaint (_("virtual function table pointer " | 
 | 			   "not found when defining class `%s'"), | 
 | 			 type->name ()); | 
 | 	      return 0; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      set_type_vptr_fieldno (type, TYPE_VPTR_FIELDNO (t)); | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	gotit: | 
 | 	  *pp = p + 1; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |   return 1; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static int | 
 | attach_fn_fields_to_type (struct stab_field_info *fip, struct type *type) | 
 | { | 
 |   int n; | 
 |  | 
 |   for (n = TYPE_NFN_FIELDS (type); | 
 |        fip->fnlist != NULL; | 
 |        fip->fnlist = fip->fnlist->next) | 
 |     { | 
 |       --n;			/* Circumvent Sun3 compiler bug.  */ | 
 |       TYPE_FN_FIELDLISTS (type)[n] = fip->fnlist->fn_fieldlist; | 
 |     } | 
 |   return 1; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Create the vector of fields, and record how big it is. | 
 |    We need this info to record proper virtual function table information | 
 |    for this class's virtual functions.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static int | 
 | attach_fields_to_type (struct stab_field_info *fip, struct type *type, | 
 | 		       struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   int nfields = 0; | 
 |   struct stabs_nextfield *scan; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Count up the number of fields that we have.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   for (scan = fip->list; scan != NULL; scan = scan->next) | 
 |     nfields++; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Now we know how many fields there are, and whether or not there are any | 
 |      non-public fields.  Record the field count, allocate space for the | 
 |      array of fields.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   type->alloc_fields (nfields); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Copy the saved-up fields into the field vector.  Start from the | 
 |      head of the list, adding to the tail of the field array, so that | 
 |      they end up in the same order in the array in which they were | 
 |      added to the list.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   while (nfields-- > 0) | 
 |     { | 
 |       type->field (nfields) = fip->list->field; | 
 |       fip->list = fip->list->next; | 
 |     } | 
 |   return 1; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* Complain that the compiler has emitted more than one definition for the | 
 |    structure type TYPE.  */ | 
 | static void  | 
 | complain_about_struct_wipeout (struct type *type) | 
 | { | 
 |   const char *name = ""; | 
 |   const char *kind = ""; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (type->name ()) | 
 |     { | 
 |       name = type->name (); | 
 |       switch (type->code ()) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: kind = "struct "; break; | 
 | 	case TYPE_CODE_UNION:  kind = "union ";  break; | 
 | 	case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:   kind = "enum ";   break; | 
 | 	default: kind = ""; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       name = "<unknown>"; | 
 |       kind = ""; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   complaint (_("struct/union type gets multiply defined: %s%s"), kind, name); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Set the length for all variants of a same main_type, which are | 
 |    connected in the closed chain. | 
 |     | 
 |    This is something that needs to be done when a type is defined *after* | 
 |    some cross references to this type have already been read.  Consider | 
 |    for instance the following scenario where we have the following two | 
 |    stabs entries: | 
 |  | 
 | 	.stabs  "t:p(0,21)=*(0,22)=k(0,23)=xsdummy:",160,0,28,-24 | 
 | 	.stabs  "dummy:T(0,23)=s16x:(0,1),0,3[...]" | 
 |  | 
 |    A stubbed version of type dummy is created while processing the first | 
 |    stabs entry.  The length of that type is initially set to zero, since | 
 |    it is unknown at this point.  Also, a "constant" variation of type | 
 |    "dummy" is created as well (this is the "(0,22)=k(0,23)" section of | 
 |    the stabs line). | 
 |  | 
 |    The second stabs entry allows us to replace the stubbed definition | 
 |    with the real definition.  However, we still need to adjust the length | 
 |    of the "constant" variation of that type, as its length was left | 
 |    untouched during the main type replacement...  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | set_length_in_type_chain (struct type *type) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct type *ntype = TYPE_CHAIN (type); | 
 |  | 
 |   while (ntype != type) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (ntype->length () == 0) | 
 | 	ntype->set_length (type->length ()); | 
 |       else | 
 | 	complain_about_struct_wipeout (ntype); | 
 |       ntype = TYPE_CHAIN (ntype); | 
 |     } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Read the description of a structure (or union type) and return an object | 
 |    describing the type. | 
 |  | 
 |    PP points to a character pointer that points to the next unconsumed token | 
 |    in the stabs string.  For example, given stabs "A:T4=s4a:1,0,32;;", | 
 |    *PP will point to "4a:1,0,32;;". | 
 |  | 
 |    TYPE points to an incomplete type that needs to be filled in. | 
 |  | 
 |    OBJFILE points to the current objfile from which the stabs information is | 
 |    being read.  (Note that it is redundant in that TYPE also contains a pointer | 
 |    to this same objfile, so it might be a good idea to eliminate it.  FIXME).  | 
 |  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type * | 
 | read_struct_type (const char **pp, struct type *type, enum type_code type_code, | 
 | 		  struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct stab_field_info fi; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* When describing struct/union/class types in stabs, G++ always drops | 
 |      all qualifications from the name.  So if you've got: | 
 |        struct A { ... struct B { ... }; ... }; | 
 |      then G++ will emit stabs for `struct A::B' that call it simply | 
 |      `struct B'.  Obviously, if you've got a real top-level definition for | 
 |      `struct B', or other nested definitions, this is going to cause | 
 |      problems. | 
 |  | 
 |      Obviously, GDB can't fix this by itself, but it can at least avoid | 
 |      scribbling on existing structure type objects when new definitions | 
 |      appear.  */ | 
 |   if (! (type->code () == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF | 
 | 	 || type->is_stub ())) | 
 |     { | 
 |       complain_about_struct_wipeout (type); | 
 |  | 
 |       /* It's probably best to return the type unchanged.  */ | 
 |       return type; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type); | 
 |   type->set_code (type_code); | 
 |   type->set_is_stub (false); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* First comes the total size in bytes.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   { | 
 |     int nbits; | 
 |  | 
 |     type->set_length (read_huge_number (pp, 0, &nbits, 0)); | 
 |     if (nbits != 0) | 
 |       return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |     set_length_in_type_chain (type); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Now read the baseclasses, if any, read the regular C struct or C++ | 
 |      class member fields, attach the fields to the type, read the C++ | 
 |      member functions, attach them to the type, and then read any tilde | 
 |      field (baseclass specifier for the class holding the main vtable).  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!read_baseclasses (&fi, pp, type, objfile) | 
 |       || !read_struct_fields (&fi, pp, type, objfile) | 
 |       || !attach_fields_to_type (&fi, type, objfile) | 
 |       || !read_member_functions (&fi, pp, type, objfile) | 
 |       || !attach_fn_fields_to_type (&fi, type) | 
 |       || !read_tilde_fields (&fi, pp, type, objfile)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       type = error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return (type); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Read a definition of an array type, | 
 |    and create and return a suitable type object. | 
 |    Also creates a range type which represents the bounds of that | 
 |    array.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type * | 
 | read_array_type (const char **pp, struct type *type, | 
 | 		 struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct type *index_type, *element_type, *range_type; | 
 |   int lower, upper; | 
 |   int adjustable = 0; | 
 |   int nbits; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Format of an array type: | 
 |      "ar<index type>;lower;upper;<array_contents_type>". | 
 |      OS9000: "arlower,upper;<array_contents_type>". | 
 |  | 
 |      Fortran adjustable arrays use Adigits or Tdigits for lower or upper; | 
 |      for these, produce a type like float[][].  */ | 
 |  | 
 |     { | 
 |       index_type = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |       if (**pp != ';') | 
 | 	/* Improper format of array type decl.  */ | 
 | 	return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |       ++*pp; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!(**pp >= '0' && **pp <= '9') && **pp != '-') | 
 |     { | 
 |       (*pp)++; | 
 |       adjustable = 1; | 
 |     } | 
 |   lower = read_huge_number (pp, ';', &nbits, 0); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (nbits != 0) | 
 |     return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!(**pp >= '0' && **pp <= '9') && **pp != '-') | 
 |     { | 
 |       (*pp)++; | 
 |       adjustable = 1; | 
 |     } | 
 |   upper = read_huge_number (pp, ';', &nbits, 0); | 
 |   if (nbits != 0) | 
 |     return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   element_type = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (adjustable) | 
 |     { | 
 |       lower = 0; | 
 |       upper = -1; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   type_allocator alloc (objfile, get_current_subfile ()->language); | 
 |   range_type = | 
 |     create_static_range_type (alloc, index_type, lower, upper); | 
 |   type_allocator smash_alloc (type, type_allocator::SMASH); | 
 |   type = create_array_type (smash_alloc, element_type, range_type); | 
 |  | 
 |   return type; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* Read a definition of an enumeration type, | 
 |    and create and return a suitable type object. | 
 |    Also defines the symbols that represent the values of the type.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type * | 
 | read_enum_type (const char **pp, struct type *type, | 
 | 		struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct gdbarch *gdbarch = objfile->arch (); | 
 |   const char *p; | 
 |   char *name; | 
 |   long n; | 
 |   struct symbol *sym; | 
 |   int nsyms = 0; | 
 |   struct pending **symlist; | 
 |   struct pending *osyms, *syms; | 
 |   int o_nsyms; | 
 |   int nbits; | 
 |   int unsigned_enum = 1; | 
 |  | 
 | #if 0 | 
 |   /* FIXME!  The stabs produced by Sun CC merrily define things that ought | 
 |      to be file-scope, between N_FN entries, using N_LSYM.  What's a mother | 
 |      to do?  For now, force all enum values to file scope.  */ | 
 |   if (within_function) | 
 |     symlist = get_local_symbols (); | 
 |   else | 
 | #endif | 
 |     symlist = get_file_symbols (); | 
 |   osyms = *symlist; | 
 |   o_nsyms = osyms ? osyms->nsyms : 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* The aix4 compiler emits an extra field before the enum members; | 
 |      my guess is it's a type of some sort.  Just ignore it.  */ | 
 |   if (**pp == '-') | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Skip over the type.  */ | 
 |       while (**pp != ':') | 
 | 	(*pp)++; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Skip over the colon.  */ | 
 |       (*pp)++; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Read the value-names and their values. | 
 |      The input syntax is NAME:VALUE,NAME:VALUE, and so on. | 
 |      A semicolon or comma instead of a NAME means the end.  */ | 
 |   while (**pp && **pp != ';' && **pp != ',') | 
 |     { | 
 |       STABS_CONTINUE (pp, objfile); | 
 |       p = *pp; | 
 |       while (*p != ':') | 
 | 	p++; | 
 |       name = obstack_strndup (&objfile->objfile_obstack, *pp, p - *pp); | 
 |       *pp = p + 1; | 
 |       n = read_huge_number (pp, ',', &nbits, 0); | 
 |       if (nbits != 0) | 
 | 	return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |       sym = new (&objfile->objfile_obstack) symbol; | 
 |       sym->set_linkage_name (name); | 
 |       sym->set_language (get_current_subfile ()->language, | 
 | 			 &objfile->objfile_obstack); | 
 |       sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_CONST); | 
 |       sym->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN); | 
 |       sym->set_value_longest (n); | 
 |       if (n < 0) | 
 | 	unsigned_enum = 0; | 
 |       add_symbol_to_list (sym, symlist); | 
 |       nsyms++; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (**pp == ';') | 
 |     (*pp)++;			/* Skip the semicolon.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Now fill in the fields of the type-structure.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   type->set_length (gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch) / HOST_CHAR_BIT); | 
 |   set_length_in_type_chain (type); | 
 |   type->set_code (TYPE_CODE_ENUM); | 
 |   type->set_is_stub (false); | 
 |   if (unsigned_enum) | 
 |     type->set_is_unsigned (true); | 
 |   type->alloc_fields (nsyms); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Find the symbols for the values and put them into the type. | 
 |      The symbols can be found in the symlist that we put them on | 
 |      to cause them to be defined.  osyms contains the old value | 
 |      of that symlist; everything up to there was defined by us.  */ | 
 |   /* Note that we preserve the order of the enum constants, so | 
 |      that in something like "enum {FOO, LAST_THING=FOO}" we print | 
 |      FOO, not LAST_THING.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   for (syms = *symlist, n = nsyms - 1; syms; syms = syms->next) | 
 |     { | 
 |       int last = syms == osyms ? o_nsyms : 0; | 
 |       int j = syms->nsyms; | 
 |  | 
 |       for (; --j >= last; --n) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  struct symbol *xsym = syms->symbol[j]; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  xsym->set_type (type); | 
 | 	  type->field (n).set_name (xsym->linkage_name ()); | 
 | 	  type->field (n).set_loc_enumval (xsym->value_longest ()); | 
 | 	  type->field (n).set_bitsize (0); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       if (syms == osyms) | 
 | 	break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return type; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Sun's ACC uses a somewhat saner method for specifying the builtin | 
 |    typedefs in every file (for int, long, etc): | 
 |  | 
 |    type = b <signed> <width> <format type>; <offset>; <nbits> | 
 |    signed = u or s. | 
 |    optional format type = c or b for char or boolean. | 
 |    offset = offset from high order bit to start bit of type. | 
 |    width is # bytes in object of this type, nbits is # bits in type. | 
 |  | 
 |    The width/offset stuff appears to be for small objects stored in | 
 |    larger ones (e.g. `shorts' in `int' registers).  We ignore it for now, | 
 |    FIXME.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type * | 
 | read_sun_builtin_type (const char **pp, int typenums[2], struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   int type_bits; | 
 |   int nbits; | 
 |   int unsigned_type; | 
 |   int boolean_type = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (**pp) | 
 |     { | 
 |     case 's': | 
 |       unsigned_type = 0; | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case 'u': | 
 |       unsigned_type = 1; | 
 |       break; | 
 |     default: | 
 |       return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |     } | 
 |   (*pp)++; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* For some odd reason, all forms of char put a c here.  This is strange | 
 |      because no other type has this honor.  We can safely ignore this because | 
 |      we actually determine 'char'acterness by the number of bits specified in | 
 |      the descriptor. | 
 |      Boolean forms, e.g Fortran logical*X, put a b here.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   if (**pp == 'c') | 
 |     (*pp)++; | 
 |   else if (**pp == 'b') | 
 |     { | 
 |       boolean_type = 1; | 
 |       (*pp)++; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* The first number appears to be the number of bytes occupied | 
 |      by this type, except that unsigned short is 4 instead of 2. | 
 |      Since this information is redundant with the third number, | 
 |      we will ignore it.  */ | 
 |   read_huge_number (pp, ';', &nbits, 0); | 
 |   if (nbits != 0) | 
 |     return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* The second number is always 0, so ignore it too.  */ | 
 |   read_huge_number (pp, ';', &nbits, 0); | 
 |   if (nbits != 0) | 
 |     return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* The third number is the number of bits for this type.  */ | 
 |   type_bits = read_huge_number (pp, 0, &nbits, 0); | 
 |   if (nbits != 0) | 
 |     return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |   /* The type *should* end with a semicolon.  If it are embedded | 
 |      in a larger type the semicolon may be the only way to know where | 
 |      the type ends.  If this type is at the end of the stabstring we | 
 |      can deal with the omitted semicolon (but we don't have to like | 
 |      it).  Don't bother to complain(), Sun's compiler omits the semicolon | 
 |      for "void".  */ | 
 |   if (**pp == ';') | 
 |     ++(*pp); | 
 |  | 
 |   type_allocator alloc (objfile, get_current_subfile ()->language); | 
 |   if (type_bits == 0) | 
 |     { | 
 |       struct type *type = alloc.new_type (TYPE_CODE_VOID, | 
 | 					  TARGET_CHAR_BIT, nullptr); | 
 |       if (unsigned_type) | 
 | 	type->set_is_unsigned (true); | 
 |  | 
 |       return type; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (boolean_type) | 
 |     return init_boolean_type (alloc, type_bits, unsigned_type, NULL); | 
 |   else | 
 |     return init_integer_type (alloc, type_bits, unsigned_type, NULL); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type * | 
 | read_sun_floating_type (const char **pp, int typenums[2], | 
 | 			struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   int nbits; | 
 |   int details; | 
 |   int nbytes; | 
 |   struct type *rettype; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* The first number has more details about the type, for example | 
 |      FN_COMPLEX.  */ | 
 |   details = read_huge_number (pp, ';', &nbits, 0); | 
 |   if (nbits != 0) | 
 |     return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* The second number is the number of bytes occupied by this type.  */ | 
 |   nbytes = read_huge_number (pp, ';', &nbits, 0); | 
 |   if (nbits != 0) | 
 |     return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   nbits = nbytes * TARGET_CHAR_BIT; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (details == NF_COMPLEX || details == NF_COMPLEX16 | 
 |       || details == NF_COMPLEX32) | 
 |     { | 
 |       rettype = dbx_init_float_type (objfile, nbits / 2); | 
 |       return init_complex_type (NULL, rettype); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return dbx_init_float_type (objfile, nbits); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Read a number from the string pointed to by *PP. | 
 |    The value of *PP is advanced over the number. | 
 |    If END is nonzero, the character that ends the | 
 |    number must match END, or an error happens; | 
 |    and that character is skipped if it does match. | 
 |    If END is zero, *PP is left pointing to that character. | 
 |  | 
 |    If TWOS_COMPLEMENT_BITS is set to a strictly positive value and if | 
 |    the number is represented in an octal representation, assume that | 
 |    it is represented in a 2's complement representation with a size of | 
 |    TWOS_COMPLEMENT_BITS. | 
 |  | 
 |    If the number fits in a long, set *BITS to 0 and return the value. | 
 |    If not, set *BITS to be the number of bits in the number and return 0. | 
 |  | 
 |    If encounter garbage, set *BITS to -1 and return 0.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static long | 
 | read_huge_number (const char **pp, int end, int *bits, | 
 | 		  int twos_complement_bits) | 
 | { | 
 |   const char *p = *pp; | 
 |   int sign = 1; | 
 |   int sign_bit = 0; | 
 |   long n = 0; | 
 |   int radix = 10; | 
 |   char overflow = 0; | 
 |   int nbits = 0; | 
 |   int c; | 
 |   long upper_limit; | 
 |   int twos_complement_representation = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (*p == '-') | 
 |     { | 
 |       sign = -1; | 
 |       p++; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Leading zero means octal.  GCC uses this to output values larger | 
 |      than an int (because that would be hard in decimal).  */ | 
 |   if (*p == '0') | 
 |     { | 
 |       radix = 8; | 
 |       p++; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Skip extra zeros.  */ | 
 |   while (*p == '0') | 
 |     p++; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (sign > 0 && radix == 8 && twos_complement_bits > 0) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Octal, possibly signed.  Check if we have enough chars for a | 
 | 	 negative number.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       size_t len; | 
 |       const char *p1 = p; | 
 |  | 
 |       while ((c = *p1) >= '0' && c < '8') | 
 | 	p1++; | 
 |  | 
 |       len = p1 - p; | 
 |       if (len > twos_complement_bits / 3 | 
 | 	  || (twos_complement_bits % 3 == 0 | 
 | 	      && len == twos_complement_bits / 3)) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* Ok, we have enough characters for a signed value, check | 
 | 	     for signedness by testing if the sign bit is set.  */ | 
 | 	  sign_bit = (twos_complement_bits % 3 + 2) % 3; | 
 | 	  c = *p - '0'; | 
 | 	  if (c & (1 << sign_bit)) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      /* Definitely signed.  */ | 
 | 	      twos_complement_representation = 1; | 
 | 	      sign = -1; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   upper_limit = LONG_MAX / radix; | 
 |  | 
 |   while ((c = *p++) >= '0' && c < ('0' + radix)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (n <= upper_limit) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  if (twos_complement_representation) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      /* Octal, signed, twos complement representation.  In | 
 | 		 this case, n is the corresponding absolute value.  */ | 
 | 	      if (n == 0) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  long sn = c - '0' - ((2 * (c - '0')) | (2 << sign_bit)); | 
 |  | 
 | 		  n = -sn; | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  n *= radix; | 
 | 		  n -= c - '0'; | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      /* unsigned representation */ | 
 | 	      n *= radix; | 
 | 	      n += c - '0';		/* FIXME this overflows anyway.  */ | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else | 
 | 	overflow = 1; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* This depends on large values being output in octal, which is | 
 | 	 what GCC does.  */ | 
 |       if (radix == 8) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  if (nbits == 0) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      if (c == '0') | 
 | 		/* Ignore leading zeroes.  */ | 
 | 		; | 
 | 	      else if (c == '1') | 
 | 		nbits = 1; | 
 | 	      else if (c == '2' || c == '3') | 
 | 		nbits = 2; | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		nbits = 3; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    nbits += 3; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |   if (end) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (c && c != end) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  if (bits != NULL) | 
 | 	    *bits = -1; | 
 | 	  return 0; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     --p; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (radix == 8 && twos_complement_bits > 0 && nbits > twos_complement_bits) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* We were supposed to parse a number with maximum | 
 | 	 TWOS_COMPLEMENT_BITS bits, but something went wrong.  */ | 
 |       if (bits != NULL) | 
 | 	*bits = -1; | 
 |       return 0; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   *pp = p; | 
 |   if (overflow) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (nbits == 0) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* Large decimal constants are an error (because it is hard to | 
 | 	     count how many bits are in them).  */ | 
 | 	  if (bits != NULL) | 
 | 	    *bits = -1; | 
 | 	  return 0; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* -0x7f is the same as 0x80.  So deal with it by adding one to | 
 | 	 the number of bits.  Two's complement representation octals | 
 | 	 can't have a '-' in front.  */ | 
 |       if (sign == -1 && !twos_complement_representation) | 
 | 	++nbits; | 
 |       if (bits) | 
 | 	*bits = nbits; | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (bits) | 
 | 	*bits = 0; | 
 |       return n * sign; | 
 |     } | 
 |   /* It's *BITS which has the interesting information.  */ | 
 |   return 0; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static struct type * | 
 | read_range_type (const char **pp, int typenums[2], int type_size, | 
 | 		 struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct gdbarch *gdbarch = objfile->arch (); | 
 |   const char *orig_pp = *pp; | 
 |   int rangenums[2]; | 
 |   long n2, n3; | 
 |   int n2bits, n3bits; | 
 |   int self_subrange; | 
 |   struct type *result_type; | 
 |   struct type *index_type = NULL; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* First comes a type we are a subrange of. | 
 |      In C it is usually 0, 1 or the type being defined.  */ | 
 |   if (read_type_number (pp, rangenums) != 0) | 
 |     return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |   self_subrange = (rangenums[0] == typenums[0] && | 
 | 		   rangenums[1] == typenums[1]); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (**pp == '=') | 
 |     { | 
 |       *pp = orig_pp; | 
 |       index_type = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* A semicolon should now follow; skip it.  */ | 
 |   if (**pp == ';') | 
 |     (*pp)++; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* The remaining two operands are usually lower and upper bounds | 
 |      of the range.  But in some special cases they mean something else.  */ | 
 |   n2 = read_huge_number (pp, ';', &n2bits, type_size); | 
 |   n3 = read_huge_number (pp, ';', &n3bits, type_size); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (n2bits == -1 || n3bits == -1) | 
 |     return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |  | 
 |   type_allocator alloc (objfile, get_current_subfile ()->language); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (index_type) | 
 |     goto handle_true_range; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* If limits are huge, must be large integral type.  */ | 
 |   if (n2bits != 0 || n3bits != 0) | 
 |     { | 
 |       char got_signed = 0; | 
 |       char got_unsigned = 0; | 
 |       /* Number of bits in the type.  */ | 
 |       int nbits = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* If a type size attribute has been specified, the bounds of | 
 | 	 the range should fit in this size.  If the lower bounds needs | 
 | 	 more bits than the upper bound, then the type is signed.  */ | 
 |       if (n2bits <= type_size && n3bits <= type_size) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  if (n2bits == type_size && n2bits > n3bits) | 
 | 	    got_signed = 1; | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    got_unsigned = 1; | 
 | 	  nbits = type_size; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       /* Range from 0 to <large number> is an unsigned large integral type.  */ | 
 |       else if ((n2bits == 0 && n2 == 0) && n3bits != 0) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  got_unsigned = 1; | 
 | 	  nbits = n3bits; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       /* Range from <large number> to <large number>-1 is a large signed | 
 | 	 integral type.  Take care of the case where <large number> doesn't | 
 | 	 fit in a long but <large number>-1 does.  */ | 
 |       else if ((n2bits != 0 && n3bits != 0 && n2bits == n3bits + 1) | 
 | 	       || (n2bits != 0 && n3bits == 0 | 
 | 		   && (n2bits == sizeof (long) * HOST_CHAR_BIT) | 
 | 		   && n3 == LONG_MAX)) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  got_signed = 1; | 
 | 	  nbits = n2bits; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       if (got_signed || got_unsigned) | 
 | 	return init_integer_type (alloc, nbits, got_unsigned, NULL); | 
 |       else | 
 | 	return error_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* A type defined as a subrange of itself, with bounds both 0, is void.  */ | 
 |   if (self_subrange && n2 == 0 && n3 == 0) | 
 |     return alloc.new_type (TYPE_CODE_VOID, TARGET_CHAR_BIT, nullptr); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* If n3 is zero and n2 is positive, we want a floating type, and n2 | 
 |      is the width in bytes. | 
 |  | 
 |      Fortran programs appear to use this for complex types also.  To | 
 |      distinguish between floats and complex, g77 (and others?)  seem | 
 |      to use self-subranges for the complexes, and subranges of int for | 
 |      the floats. | 
 |  | 
 |      Also note that for complexes, g77 sets n2 to the size of one of | 
 |      the member floats, not the whole complex beast.  My guess is that | 
 |      this was to work well with pre-COMPLEX versions of gdb.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   if (n3 == 0 && n2 > 0) | 
 |     { | 
 |       struct type *float_type | 
 | 	= dbx_init_float_type (objfile, n2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (self_subrange) | 
 | 	return init_complex_type (NULL, float_type); | 
 |       else | 
 | 	return float_type; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* If the upper bound is -1, it must really be an unsigned integral.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   else if (n2 == 0 && n3 == -1) | 
 |     { | 
 |       int bits = type_size; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (bits <= 0) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* We don't know its size.  It is unsigned int or unsigned | 
 | 	     long.  GCC 2.3.3 uses this for long long too, but that is | 
 | 	     just a GDB 3.5 compatibility hack.  */ | 
 | 	  bits = gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch); | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       return init_integer_type (alloc, bits, 1, NULL); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Special case: char is defined (Who knows why) as a subrange of | 
 |      itself with range 0-127.  */ | 
 |   else if (self_subrange && n2 == 0 && n3 == 127) | 
 |     { | 
 |       struct type *type = init_integer_type (alloc, TARGET_CHAR_BIT, | 
 | 					     0, NULL); | 
 |       type->set_has_no_signedness (true); | 
 |       return type; | 
 |     } | 
 |   /* We used to do this only for subrange of self or subrange of int.  */ | 
 |   else if (n2 == 0) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* -1 is used for the upper bound of (4 byte) "unsigned int" and | 
 | 	 "unsigned long", and we already checked for that, | 
 | 	 so don't need to test for it here.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       if (n3 < 0) | 
 | 	/* n3 actually gives the size.  */ | 
 | 	return init_integer_type (alloc, -n3 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 1, NULL); | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Is n3 == 2**(8n)-1 for some integer n?  Then it's an | 
 | 	 unsigned n-byte integer.  But do require n to be a power of | 
 | 	 two; we don't want 3- and 5-byte integers flying around.  */ | 
 |       { | 
 | 	int bytes; | 
 | 	unsigned long bits; | 
 |  | 
 | 	bits = n3; | 
 | 	for (bytes = 0; (bits & 0xff) == 0xff; bytes++) | 
 | 	  bits >>= 8; | 
 | 	if (bits == 0 | 
 | 	    && ((bytes - 1) & bytes) == 0) /* "bytes is a power of two" */ | 
 | 	  return init_integer_type (alloc, bytes * TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 1, NULL); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   /* I think this is for Convex "long long".  Since I don't know whether | 
 |      Convex sets self_subrange, I also accept that particular size regardless | 
 |      of self_subrange.  */ | 
 |   else if (n3 == 0 && n2 < 0 | 
 | 	   && (self_subrange | 
 | 	       || n2 == -gdbarch_long_long_bit | 
 | 			  (gdbarch) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT)) | 
 |     return init_integer_type (alloc, -n2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0, NULL); | 
 |   else if (n2 == -n3 - 1) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (n3 == 0x7f) | 
 | 	return init_integer_type (alloc, 8, 0, NULL); | 
 |       if (n3 == 0x7fff) | 
 | 	return init_integer_type (alloc, 16, 0, NULL); | 
 |       if (n3 == 0x7fffffff) | 
 | 	return init_integer_type (alloc, 32, 0, NULL); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* We have a real range type on our hands.  Allocate space and | 
 |      return a real pointer.  */ | 
 | handle_true_range: | 
 |  | 
 |   if (self_subrange) | 
 |     index_type = builtin_type (objfile)->builtin_int; | 
 |   else | 
 |     index_type = *dbx_lookup_type (rangenums, objfile); | 
 |   if (index_type == NULL) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Does this actually ever happen?  Is that why we are worrying | 
 | 	 about dealing with it rather than just calling error_type?  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       complaint (_("base type %d of range type is not defined"), rangenums[1]); | 
 |  | 
 |       index_type = builtin_type (objfile)->builtin_int; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   result_type | 
 |     = create_static_range_type (alloc, index_type, n2, n3); | 
 |   return (result_type); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Read in an argument list.  This is a list of types, separated by commas | 
 |    and terminated with END.  Return the list of types read in, or NULL | 
 |    if there is an error.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static struct field * | 
 | read_args (const char **pp, int end, struct objfile *objfile, int *nargsp, | 
 | 	   int *varargsp) | 
 | { | 
 |   /* FIXME!  Remove this arbitrary limit!  */ | 
 |   struct type *types[1024];	/* Allow for fns of 1023 parameters.  */ | 
 |   int n = 0, i; | 
 |   struct field *rval; | 
 |  | 
 |   while (**pp != end) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (**pp != ',') | 
 | 	/* Invalid argument list: no ','.  */ | 
 | 	return NULL; | 
 |       (*pp)++; | 
 |       STABS_CONTINUE (pp, objfile); | 
 |       types[n++] = read_type (pp, objfile); | 
 |     } | 
 |   (*pp)++;			/* get past `end' (the ':' character).  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   if (n == 0) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* We should read at least the THIS parameter here.  Some broken stabs | 
 | 	 output contained `(0,41),(0,42)=@s8;-16;,(0,43),(0,1);' where should | 
 | 	 have been present ";-16,(0,43)" reference instead.  This way the | 
 | 	 excessive ";" marker prematurely stops the parameters parsing.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       complaint (_("Invalid (empty) method arguments")); | 
 |       *varargsp = 0; | 
 |     } | 
 |   else if (types[n - 1]->code () != TYPE_CODE_VOID) | 
 |     *varargsp = 1; | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       n--; | 
 |       *varargsp = 0; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   rval = XCNEWVEC (struct field, n); | 
 |   for (i = 0; i < n; i++) | 
 |     rval[i].set_type (types[i]); | 
 |   *nargsp = n; | 
 |   return rval; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Common block handling.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* List of symbols declared since the last BCOMM.  This list is a tail | 
 |    of local_symbols.  When ECOMM is seen, the symbols on the list | 
 |    are noted so their proper addresses can be filled in later, | 
 |    using the common block base address gotten from the assembler | 
 |    stabs.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static struct pending *common_block; | 
 | static int common_block_i; | 
 |  | 
 | /* Name of the current common block.  We get it from the BCOMM instead of the | 
 |    ECOMM to match IBM documentation (even though IBM puts the name both places | 
 |    like everyone else).  */ | 
 | static char *common_block_name; | 
 |  | 
 | /* Process a N_BCOMM symbol.  The storage for NAME is not guaranteed | 
 |    to remain after this function returns.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | void | 
 | common_block_start (const char *name, struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   if (common_block_name != NULL) | 
 |     { | 
 |       complaint (_("Invalid symbol data: common block within common block")); | 
 |     } | 
 |   common_block = *get_local_symbols (); | 
 |   common_block_i = common_block ? common_block->nsyms : 0; | 
 |   common_block_name = obstack_strdup (&objfile->objfile_obstack, name); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Process a N_ECOMM symbol.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | void | 
 | common_block_end (struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   /* Symbols declared since the BCOMM are to have the common block | 
 |      start address added in when we know it.  common_block and | 
 |      common_block_i point to the first symbol after the BCOMM in | 
 |      the local_symbols list; copy the list and hang it off the | 
 |      symbol for the common block name for later fixup.  */ | 
 |   int i; | 
 |   struct symbol *sym; | 
 |   struct pending *newobj = 0; | 
 |   struct pending *next; | 
 |   int j; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (common_block_name == NULL) | 
 |     { | 
 |       complaint (_("ECOMM symbol unmatched by BCOMM")); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   sym = new (&objfile->objfile_obstack) symbol; | 
 |   /* Note: common_block_name already saved on objfile_obstack.  */ | 
 |   sym->set_linkage_name (common_block_name); | 
 |   sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_BLOCK); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Now we copy all the symbols which have been defined since the BCOMM.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Copy all the struct pendings before common_block.  */ | 
 |   for (next = *get_local_symbols (); | 
 |        next != NULL && next != common_block; | 
 |        next = next->next) | 
 |     { | 
 |       for (j = 0; j < next->nsyms; j++) | 
 | 	add_symbol_to_list (next->symbol[j], &newobj); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Copy however much of COMMON_BLOCK we need.  If COMMON_BLOCK is | 
 |      NULL, it means copy all the local symbols (which we already did | 
 |      above).  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   if (common_block != NULL) | 
 |     for (j = common_block_i; j < common_block->nsyms; j++) | 
 |       add_symbol_to_list (common_block->symbol[j], &newobj); | 
 |  | 
 |   sym->set_type ((struct type *) newobj); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Should we be putting local_symbols back to what it was? | 
 |      Does it matter?  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   i = hashname (sym->linkage_name ()); | 
 |   sym->set_value_chain (global_sym_chain[i]); | 
 |   global_sym_chain[i] = sym; | 
 |   common_block_name = NULL; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Add a common block's start address to the offset of each symbol | 
 |    declared to be in it (by being between a BCOMM/ECOMM pair that uses | 
 |    the common block name).  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | fix_common_block (struct symbol *sym, CORE_ADDR valu, int section_index) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct pending *next = (struct pending *) sym->type (); | 
 |  | 
 |   for (; next; next = next->next) | 
 |     { | 
 |       int j; | 
 |  | 
 |       for (j = next->nsyms - 1; j >= 0; j--) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  next->symbol[j]->set_value_address | 
 | 	    (next->symbol[j]->value_address () + valu); | 
 | 	  next->symbol[j]->set_section_index (section_index); | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* Add {TYPE, TYPENUMS} to the NONAME_UNDEFS vector. | 
 |    See add_undefined_type for more details.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | add_undefined_type_noname (struct type *type, int typenums[2]) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct nat nat; | 
 |  | 
 |   nat.typenums[0] = typenums [0]; | 
 |   nat.typenums[1] = typenums [1]; | 
 |   nat.type = type; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (noname_undefs_length == noname_undefs_allocated) | 
 |     { | 
 |       noname_undefs_allocated *= 2; | 
 |       noname_undefs = (struct nat *) | 
 | 	xrealloc ((char *) noname_undefs, | 
 | 		  noname_undefs_allocated * sizeof (struct nat)); | 
 |     } | 
 |   noname_undefs[noname_undefs_length++] = nat; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Add TYPE to the UNDEF_TYPES vector. | 
 |    See add_undefined_type for more details.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | add_undefined_type_1 (struct type *type) | 
 | { | 
 |   if (undef_types_length == undef_types_allocated) | 
 |     { | 
 |       undef_types_allocated *= 2; | 
 |       undef_types = (struct type **) | 
 | 	xrealloc ((char *) undef_types, | 
 | 		  undef_types_allocated * sizeof (struct type *)); | 
 |     } | 
 |   undef_types[undef_types_length++] = type; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* What about types defined as forward references inside of a small lexical | 
 |    scope?  */ | 
 | /* Add a type to the list of undefined types to be checked through | 
 |    once this file has been read in. | 
 |     | 
 |    In practice, we actually maintain two such lists: The first list | 
 |    (UNDEF_TYPES) is used for types whose name has been provided, and | 
 |    concerns forward references (eg 'xs' or 'xu' forward references); | 
 |    the second list (NONAME_UNDEFS) is used for types whose name is | 
 |    unknown at creation time, because they were referenced through | 
 |    their type number before the actual type was declared. | 
 |    This function actually adds the given type to the proper list.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | add_undefined_type (struct type *type, int typenums[2]) | 
 | { | 
 |   if (type->name () == NULL) | 
 |     add_undefined_type_noname (type, typenums); | 
 |   else | 
 |     add_undefined_type_1 (type); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Try to fix all undefined types pushed on the UNDEF_TYPES vector.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | cleanup_undefined_types_noname (struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   int i; | 
 |  | 
 |   for (i = 0; i < noname_undefs_length; i++) | 
 |     { | 
 |       struct nat nat = noname_undefs[i]; | 
 |       struct type **type; | 
 |  | 
 |       type = dbx_lookup_type (nat.typenums, objfile); | 
 |       if (nat.type != *type && (*type)->code () != TYPE_CODE_UNDEF) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* The instance flags of the undefined type are still unset, | 
 | 	     and needs to be copied over from the reference type. | 
 | 	     Since replace_type expects them to be identical, we need | 
 | 	     to set these flags manually before hand.  */ | 
 | 	  nat.type->set_instance_flags ((*type)->instance_flags ()); | 
 | 	  replace_type (nat.type, *type); | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   noname_undefs_length = 0; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Go through each undefined type, see if it's still undefined, and fix it | 
 |    up if possible.  We have two kinds of undefined types: | 
 |  | 
 |    TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:  Array whose target type wasn't defined yet. | 
 |    Fix:  update array length using the element bounds | 
 |    and the target type's length. | 
 |    TYPE_CODE_STRUCT, TYPE_CODE_UNION:  Structure whose fields were not | 
 |    yet defined at the time a pointer to it was made. | 
 |    Fix:  Do a full lookup on the struct/union tag.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | cleanup_undefined_types_1 (void) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct type **type; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Iterate over every undefined type, and look for a symbol whose type | 
 |      matches our undefined type.  The symbol matches if: | 
 |        1. It is a typedef in the STRUCT domain; | 
 |        2. It has the same name, and same type code; | 
 |        3. The instance flags are identical. | 
 |       | 
 |      It is important to check the instance flags, because we have seen | 
 |      examples where the debug info contained definitions such as: | 
 |  | 
 | 	 "foo_t:t30=B31=xefoo_t:" | 
 |  | 
 |      In this case, we have created an undefined type named "foo_t" whose | 
 |      instance flags is null (when processing "xefoo_t"), and then created | 
 |      another type with the same name, but with different instance flags | 
 |      ('B' means volatile).  I think that the definition above is wrong, | 
 |      since the same type cannot be volatile and non-volatile at the same | 
 |      time, but we need to be able to cope with it when it happens.  The | 
 |      approach taken here is to treat these two types as different.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   for (type = undef_types; type < undef_types + undef_types_length; type++) | 
 |     { | 
 |       switch ((*type)->code ()) | 
 | 	{ | 
 |  | 
 | 	case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: | 
 | 	case TYPE_CODE_UNION: | 
 | 	case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    /* Check if it has been defined since.  Need to do this here | 
 | 	       as well as in check_typedef to deal with the (legitimate in | 
 | 	       C though not C++) case of several types with the same name | 
 | 	       in different source files.  */ | 
 | 	    if ((*type)->is_stub ()) | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		struct pending *ppt; | 
 | 		int i; | 
 | 		/* Name of the type, without "struct" or "union".  */ | 
 | 		const char *type_name = (*type)->name (); | 
 |  | 
 | 		if (type_name == NULL) | 
 | 		  { | 
 | 		    complaint (_("need a type name")); | 
 | 		    break; | 
 | 		  } | 
 | 		for (ppt = *get_file_symbols (); ppt; ppt = ppt->next) | 
 | 		  { | 
 | 		    for (i = 0; i < ppt->nsyms; i++) | 
 | 		      { | 
 | 			struct symbol *sym = ppt->symbol[i]; | 
 |  | 
 | 			if (sym->aclass () == LOC_TYPEDEF | 
 | 			    && sym->domain () == STRUCT_DOMAIN | 
 | 			    && (sym->type ()->code () == (*type)->code ()) | 
 | 			    && ((*type)->instance_flags () | 
 | 				== sym->type ()->instance_flags ()) | 
 | 			    && strcmp (sym->linkage_name (), type_name) == 0) | 
 | 			  replace_type (*type, sym->type ()); | 
 | 		      } | 
 | 		  } | 
 | 	      } | 
 | 	  } | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	default: | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    complaint (_("forward-referenced types left unresolved, " | 
 | 		       "type code %d."), | 
 | 		       (*type)->code ()); | 
 | 	  } | 
 | 	  break; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   undef_types_length = 0; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Try to fix all the undefined types we encountered while processing | 
 |    this unit.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | void | 
 | cleanup_undefined_stabs_types (struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   cleanup_undefined_types_1 (); | 
 |   cleanup_undefined_types_noname (objfile); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* See stabsread.h.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | void | 
 | scan_file_globals (struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   int hash; | 
 |   struct symbol *sym, *prev; | 
 |   struct objfile *resolve_objfile; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* SVR4 based linkers copy referenced global symbols from shared | 
 |      libraries to the main executable. | 
 |      If we are scanning the symbols for a shared library, try to resolve | 
 |      them from the minimal symbols of the main executable first.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   if (current_program_space->symfile_object_file | 
 |       && objfile != current_program_space->symfile_object_file) | 
 |     resolve_objfile = current_program_space->symfile_object_file; | 
 |   else | 
 |     resolve_objfile = objfile; | 
 |  | 
 |   while (1) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Avoid expensive loop through all minimal symbols if there are | 
 | 	 no unresolved symbols.  */ | 
 |       for (hash = 0; hash < HASHSIZE; hash++) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  if (global_sym_chain[hash]) | 
 | 	    break; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       if (hash >= HASHSIZE) | 
 | 	return; | 
 |  | 
 |       for (minimal_symbol *msymbol : resolve_objfile->msymbols ()) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  QUIT; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Skip static symbols.  */ | 
 | 	  switch (msymbol->type ()) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	    case mst_file_text: | 
 | 	    case mst_file_data: | 
 | 	    case mst_file_bss: | 
 | 	      continue; | 
 | 	    default: | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  prev = NULL; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Get the hash index and check all the symbols | 
 | 	     under that hash index.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	  hash = hashname (msymbol->linkage_name ()); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  for (sym = global_sym_chain[hash]; sym;) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      if (strcmp (msymbol->linkage_name (), sym->linkage_name ()) == 0) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  /* Splice this symbol out of the hash chain and | 
 | 		     assign the value we have to it.  */ | 
 | 		  if (prev) | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      prev->set_value_chain (sym->value_chain ()); | 
 | 		    } | 
 | 		  else | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      global_sym_chain[hash] = sym->value_chain (); | 
 | 		    } | 
 |  | 
 | 		  /* Check to see whether we need to fix up a common block.  */ | 
 | 		  /* Note: this code might be executed several times for | 
 | 		     the same symbol if there are multiple references.  */ | 
 | 		  if (sym) | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      if (sym->aclass () == LOC_BLOCK) | 
 | 			fix_common_block | 
 | 			  (sym, msymbol->value_address (resolve_objfile), | 
 | 			   msymbol->section_index ()); | 
 | 		      else | 
 | 			sym->set_value_address | 
 | 			  (msymbol->value_address (resolve_objfile)); | 
 | 		      sym->set_section_index (msymbol->section_index ()); | 
 | 		    } | 
 |  | 
 | 		  if (prev) | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      sym = prev->value_chain (); | 
 | 		    } | 
 | 		  else | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      sym = global_sym_chain[hash]; | 
 | 		    } | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  prev = sym; | 
 | 		  sym = sym->value_chain (); | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |       if (resolve_objfile == objfile) | 
 | 	break; | 
 |       resolve_objfile = objfile; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Change the storage class of any remaining unresolved globals to | 
 |      LOC_UNRESOLVED and remove them from the chain.  */ | 
 |   for (hash = 0; hash < HASHSIZE; hash++) | 
 |     { | 
 |       sym = global_sym_chain[hash]; | 
 |       while (sym) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  prev = sym; | 
 | 	  sym = sym->value_chain (); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Change the symbol address from the misleading chain value | 
 | 	     to address zero.  */ | 
 | 	  prev->set_value_address (0); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Complain about unresolved common block symbols.  */ | 
 | 	  if (prev->aclass () == LOC_STATIC) | 
 | 	    prev->set_aclass_index (LOC_UNRESOLVED); | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    complaint (_("%s: common block `%s' from " | 
 | 			 "global_sym_chain unresolved"), | 
 | 		       objfile_name (objfile), prev->print_name ()); | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |   memset (global_sym_chain, 0, sizeof (global_sym_chain)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Initialize anything that needs initializing when starting to read | 
 |    a fresh piece of a symbol file, e.g. reading in the stuff corresponding | 
 |    to a psymtab.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | void | 
 | stabsread_init (void) | 
 | { | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Initialize anything that needs initializing when a completely new | 
 |    symbol file is specified (not just adding some symbols from another | 
 |    file, e.g. a shared library).  */ | 
 |  | 
 | void | 
 | stabsread_new_init (void) | 
 | { | 
 |   /* Empty the hash table of global syms looking for values.  */ | 
 |   memset (global_sym_chain, 0, sizeof (global_sym_chain)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Initialize anything that needs initializing at the same time as | 
 |    start_compunit_symtab() is called.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | void | 
 | start_stabs (void) | 
 | { | 
 |   global_stabs = NULL;		/* AIX COFF */ | 
 |   /* Leave FILENUM of 0 free for builtin types and this file's types.  */ | 
 |   n_this_object_header_files = 1; | 
 |   type_vector_length = 0; | 
 |   type_vector = (struct type **) 0; | 
 |   within_function = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* FIXME: If common_block_name is not already NULL, we should complain().  */ | 
 |   common_block_name = NULL; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Call after end_compunit_symtab().  */ | 
 |  | 
 | void | 
 | end_stabs (void) | 
 | { | 
 |   if (type_vector) | 
 |     { | 
 |       xfree (type_vector); | 
 |     } | 
 |   type_vector = 0; | 
 |   type_vector_length = 0; | 
 |   previous_stab_code = 0; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void | 
 | finish_global_stabs (struct objfile *objfile) | 
 | { | 
 |   if (global_stabs) | 
 |     { | 
 |       patch_block_stabs (*get_global_symbols (), global_stabs, objfile); | 
 |       xfree (global_stabs); | 
 |       global_stabs = NULL; | 
 |     } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Find the end of the name, delimited by a ':', but don't match | 
 |    ObjC symbols which look like -[Foo bar::]:bla.  */ | 
 | static const char * | 
 | find_name_end (const char *name) | 
 | { | 
 |   const char *s = name; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (s[0] == '-' || *s == '+') | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Must be an ObjC method symbol.  */ | 
 |       if (s[1] != '[') | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  error (_("invalid symbol name \"%s\""), name); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       s = strchr (s, ']'); | 
 |       if (s == NULL) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  error (_("invalid symbol name \"%s\""), name); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       return strchr (s, ':'); | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       return strchr (s, ':'); | 
 |     } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* See stabsread.h.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | int | 
 | hashname (const char *name) | 
 | { | 
 |   return fast_hash (name, strlen (name)) % HASHSIZE; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Initializer for this module.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | void _initialize_stabsread (); | 
 | void | 
 | _initialize_stabsread () | 
 | { | 
 |   undef_types_allocated = 20; | 
 |   undef_types_length = 0; | 
 |   undef_types = XNEWVEC (struct type *, undef_types_allocated); | 
 |  | 
 |   noname_undefs_allocated = 20; | 
 |   noname_undefs_length = 0; | 
 |   noname_undefs = XNEWVEC (struct nat, noname_undefs_allocated); | 
 |  | 
 |   stab_register_index = register_symbol_register_impl (LOC_REGISTER, | 
 | 						       &stab_register_funcs); | 
 |   stab_regparm_index = register_symbol_register_impl (LOC_REGPARM_ADDR, | 
 | 						      &stab_register_funcs); | 
 | } |